[web] MG: significant revision to Audacity
crantila
crantila at fedoraproject.org
Thu Aug 5 07:16:09 UTC 2010
commit 5be66b68f2eec45c3eb1ec359db5a62ba8182d5e
Author: Christopher Antila <crantila at fedoraproject.org>
Date: Thu Aug 5 03:15:22 2010 -0400
MG: significant revision to Audacity
fedoradocs.db | Bin 358400 -> 358400 bytes
public_html/Sitemap | 8 +-
...ft_Documentation-0.1-Musicians_Guide-en-US.epub | Bin 393731 -> 395619 bytes
.../0.1/html-single/Musicians_Guide/index.html | 574 ++++++++++----------
.../appe-Musicians_Guide-Revision_History.html | 6 +
.../chap-Musicians_Guide-Audacity.html | 2 +-
...Musicians_Guide-Digital_Audio_Workstations.html | 4 +-
.../0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/index.html | 6 +-
.../0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/ix01.html | 2 +-
.../0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/pr01s02.html | 2 +-
.../pref-Musicians_Guide-Preface.html | 8 +-
.../0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/pt01.html | 2 +-
.../0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/pt02.html | 4 +-
...de-Audacity-Configure_to_Use_Your_Hardware.html | 53 ++-
...ians_Guide-Audacity-Exporting_a_Whole_File.html | 19 +-
...sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation.html | 2 +-
...uide-Audacity-Installation_with_RPM_Fusion.html | 8 +-
.../sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Interface.html | 26 +-
...de-Audacity-Recording-Continuing_to_Record.html | 29 +
.../sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Recording.html | 17 +
...t-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Save_and_Export.html | 17 +
...de-Audacity-Setting_Sample_Rate_and_Format.html | 29 +-
...-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Playback.html | 8 +-
...Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Recording.html | 16 +-
...uide-Audacity-Tutorial-Adjust_Volume_Level.html | 15 +
...ns_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Aligning_Tracks.html | 42 +-
...sicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Conclusion.html | 5 +
...Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Fade_Out.html | 13 +
...cians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Remove_Noise.html | 13 +
...ans_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Removing_Audio.html | 25 +-
...uide-Audacity-Tutorial-Repeating_a_Segment.html | 28 +-
...Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Scenario.html | 5 +
..._Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Stretching_Tracks.html | 40 +-
...s_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Using_the_Phaser.html | 32 +-
.../sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial.html | 12 +-
...ect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity_Configuration.html | 8 +-
.../sect-Musicians_Guide-Using_JACK.html | 34 +-
...aft_Documentation-0.1-Musicians_Guide-en-US.pdf | Bin 1127577 -> 1132831 bytes
38 files changed, 628 insertions(+), 486 deletions(-)
---
diff --git a/fedoradocs.db b/fedoradocs.db
index 90ec3d0..113771e 100644
Binary files a/fedoradocs.db and b/fedoradocs.db differ
diff --git a/public_html/Sitemap b/public_html/Sitemap
index 667c6bb..8ce7071 100644
--- a/public_html/Sitemap
+++ b/public_html/Sitemap
@@ -3020,25 +3020,25 @@
</url>
<url>
<loc>http://docs.fedoraproject.org/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/epub/Musicians_Guide/Fedora_Draft_Documentation-0.1-Musicians_Guide-en-US.epub</loc>
- <lastmod>2010-08-04</lastmod>
+ <lastmod>2010-08-05</lastmod>
<changefreq>monthly</changefreq>
<priority>0.8</priority>
</url>
<url>
<loc>http://docs.fedoraproject.org/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/index.html</loc>
- <lastmod>2010-08-04</lastmod>
+ <lastmod>2010-08-05</lastmod>
<changefreq>monthly</changefreq>
<priority>0.8</priority>
</url>
<url>
<loc>http://docs.fedoraproject.org/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html-single/Musicians_Guide/index.html</loc>
- <lastmod>2010-08-04</lastmod>
+ <lastmod>2010-08-05</lastmod>
<changefreq>monthly</changefreq>
<priority>0.8</priority>
</url>
<url>
<loc>http://docs.fedoraproject.org/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/pdf/Musicians_Guide/Fedora_Draft_Documentation-0.1-Musicians_Guide-en-US.pdf</loc>
- <lastmod>2010-08-04</lastmod>
+ <lastmod>2010-08-05</lastmod>
<changefreq>monthly</changefreq>
<priority>0.8</priority>
</url>
diff --git a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/epub/Musicians_Guide/Fedora_Draft_Documentation-0.1-Musicians_Guide-en-US.epub b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/epub/Musicians_Guide/Fedora_Draft_Documentation-0.1-Musicians_Guide-en-US.epub
index 922a4c7..59b0ad0 100644
Binary files a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/epub/Musicians_Guide/Fedora_Draft_Documentation-0.1-Musicians_Guide-en-US.epub and b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/epub/Musicians_Guide/Fedora_Draft_Documentation-0.1-Musicians_Guide-en-US.epub differ
diff --git a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html-single/Musicians_Guide/index.html b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html-single/Musicians_Guide/index.html
index 9eec52b..ad6179a 100644
--- a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html-single/Musicians_Guide/index.html
+++ b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html-single/Musicians_Guide/index.html
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>Musicians' Guide</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><meta name="description" content="This document explores some audio-creation and music activities possible with Fedora Linux. Computer audio concepts are explained, and a selection of programs are demonstrated with tutorials showing a typical usage." /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedora
project.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><div xml:lang="en-US" class="book" title="Musicians' Guide" id="id2307688" lang="en-US"><div class="titlepage"><div><div class="producttitle" font-family="sans-serif,Symbol,ZapfDingbats" font-weight="bold" font-size="12pt" text-align="center"><span class="productname">Fedora Draft Documentation</span> <span class="productnumber"></span></div><div font-family="sans-serif,Symbol,ZapfDingbats" font-weight="bold" font-size="12pt" text-align="center"><h1 id="id2307688" class="title">Musicians' Guide</h1></div><div font-family="sans-serif,Symbol,ZapfDingbats" font-weight="bold" font-size="12pt" text-align="center"><h2 class="subtitle">A guide to Fedora Linux's audio creation and music capabilities.</h2></div><p class="edition">Edition 14.0.1</p><div font-family
="sans-serif,Symbol,ZapfDingbats" font-weight="bold" font-size="12pt" text-align="center"><h3 class="corpauthor">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>Musicians' Guide</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><meta name="description" content="This document explores some audio-creation and music activities possible with Fedora Linux. Computer audio concepts are explained, and a selection of programs are demonstrated with tutorials showing a typical usage." /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedora
project.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><div xml:lang="en-US" class="book" title="Musicians' Guide" id="id2168541" lang="en-US"><div class="titlepage"><div><div class="producttitle" font-family="sans-serif,Symbol,ZapfDingbats" font-weight="bold" font-size="12pt" text-align="center"><span class="productname">Fedora Draft Documentation</span> <span class="productnumber"></span></div><div font-family="sans-serif,Symbol,ZapfDingbats" font-weight="bold" font-size="12pt" text-align="center"><h1 id="id2168541" class="title">Musicians' Guide</h1></div><div font-family="sans-serif,Symbol,ZapfDingbats" font-weight="bold" font-size="12pt" text-align="center"><h2 class="subtitle">A guide to Fedora Linux's audio creation and music capabilities.</h2></div><p class="edition">Edition 14.0.1</p><div font-family
="sans-serif,Symbol,ZapfDingbats" font-weight="bold" font-size="12pt" text-align="center"><h3 class="corpauthor">
<span class="inlinemediaobject"><object data="Common_Content/images/title_logo.svg" type="image/svg+xml"> </object></span>
- </h3></div><div font-family="sans-serif,Symbol,ZapfDingbats" font-weight="bold" font-size="12pt" text-align="center"><div xml:lang="en-US" class="authorgroup" lang="en-US"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Christopher</span> <span class="surname">Antila</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Fedora Documentation Project</span></div><code class="email"><a class="email" href="mailto:crantila at fedoraproject.org">crantila at fedoraproject.org</a></code></div></div></div><hr /><div font-family="sans-serif,Symbol,ZapfDingbats" font-weight="bold" font-size="12pt" text-align="center"><div id="id784524" class="legalnotice"><h1 class="legalnotice">Legal Notice</h1><div class="para">
+ </h3></div><div font-family="sans-serif,Symbol,ZapfDingbats" font-weight="bold" font-size="12pt" text-align="center"><div xml:lang="en-US" class="authorgroup" lang="en-US"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Christopher</span> <span class="surname">Antila</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Fedora Documentation Project</span></div><code class="email"><a class="email" href="mailto:crantila at fedoraproject.org">crantila at fedoraproject.org</a></code></div></div></div><hr /><div font-family="sans-serif,Symbol,ZapfDingbats" font-weight="bold" font-size="12pt" text-align="center"><div id="id659360" class="legalnotice"><h1 class="legalnotice">Legal Notice</h1><div class="para">
Copyright <span class="trademark"></span>© 2010 Red Hat, Inc. and others.
</div><div class="para">
The text of and illustrations in this document are licensed by Red Hat under a Creative Commons Attribution–Share Alike 3.0 Unported license ("CC-BY-SA"). An explanation of CC-BY-SA is available at <a href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</a>. The original authors of this document, and Red Hat, designate the Fedora Project as the "Attribution Party" for purposes of CC-BY-SA. In accordance with CC-BY-SA, if you distribute this document or an adaptation of it, you must provide the URL for the original version.
@@ -23,11 +23,11 @@
All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
</div></div></div><div font-family="sans-serif,Symbol,ZapfDingbats" font-weight="bold" font-size="12pt" text-align="center"><div class="abstract" title="Abstract"><h6>Abstract</h6><div class="para">
This document explores some audio-creation and music activities possible with Fedora Linux. Computer audio concepts are explained, and a selection of programs are demonstrated with tutorials showing a typical usage.
- </div></div></div></div><hr /></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="preface"><a href="#pref-Musicians_Guide-Preface">Preface</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#id1413655">1. Document Conventions</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#id795045">1.1. Typographic Conventions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#id666189">1.2. Pull-quote Conventions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#id685191">1.3. Notes and Warnings</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#id744033">2. We Need Feedback!</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="part"><a href="#id644455">I. Linux Audio Basics</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Cards">1. Sound Cards and Digital Audio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-What_Sound_Cards_Are">1.1. Types of Sound Cards</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a hr
ef="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audio_Interfaces">1.1.1. Audio Interfaces</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-MIDI_Interfaces">1.1.2. MIDI Interfaces</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Card_Connections">1.2. Sound Card Connections</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Motherboard_Integrated">1.2.1. Integrated into the Motherboard</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-PCI_Sound_Cards">1.2.2. Internal PCI Connection</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FireWire_Sound_Cards">1.2.3. External FireWire Connection</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-USB_Sound_Cards">1.2.4. External USB Connection</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Choose_Sound_Card_Connection">1.2.5. Choosing a Connection Type</a></span></dt></dl></dd><
dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Sample_Rate_and_Sample_Format">1.3. Sample, Sample Rate, Sample Format, and Bit Rate</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Sample">1.3.1. Sample</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Sample_Format">1.3.2. Sample Format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Sample_Rate">1.3.3. Sample Rate</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Bit_Rate">1.3.4. Bit Rate</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Bit_and_Sample_Rate_Conclusions">1.3.5. Conclusions</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary">1.4. Other Digital Audio Concepts</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary-MIDI_Sequencer">1.4.1. MIDI Sequencer</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect
-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary-Bus">1.4.2. Busses, Master Bus, and Sub-Master Bus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary-Level">1.4.3. Level (Volume/Loudness)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary-Panning_and_Balance">1.4.4. Panning and Balance</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary-Time">1.4.5. Time, Timeline, and Time-Shifting</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary-Synchronization">1.4.6. Synchronization</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary-Routing_and_Multiplexing">1.4.7. Routing and Multiplexing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Multichannel_Audio">1.4.8. Multichannel Audio</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-How_Computers_Deal_with_Hardware">2. Software for Soun
d Cards</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Servers-ALSA">2.1. How Linux Deals with Audio Hardware</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Servers_Section">2.2. Sound Servers</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Servers-PulseAudio">2.2.1. PulseAudio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Servers-JACK">2.2.2. JACK Audio Connection Kit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Servers-Phonon">2.2.3. Phonon</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Using_JACK">2.3. Using the JACK Audio Connection Kit</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Install_and_Configure_JACK">2.3.1. Installing and Configuring JACK</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Using_QjackCtl"
>2.3.2. Using QjackCtl</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Integrating_PulseAudio_with_JACK">2.3.3. Integrating PulseAudio with JACK</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-Real_Time_and_Low_Latency">3. Real-Time and Low Latency</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Low_Latency">3.1. Why Low Latency Is Desirable</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Processor_Scheduling">3.2. Processor Scheduling</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Real_Time_Linux_Kernel">3.3. The Real-Time Linux Kernel</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Hard_and_Soft_Real_Time">3.4. Hard and Soft Real-Time</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Getting_Real_Time_Kernel_in_Fedora">3.5. Getting a Real-Time Kernel in Fedora Linux</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-Planet_CCRMA_at_Home">4. Planet CCRMA at Home</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-What_Is_Planet_CCRMA">4.1. About Planet CCRMA at Home</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Knowing_Whether_to_Use_Planet_CCRMA">4.2. Deciding Whether to Use Planet CCRMA at Home</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-CCRMA_Need_Exclusive_Software">4.2.1. Exclusive Software</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-CCRMA_Security_and_Stability">4.2.2. Security and Stability</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-CCRMA_Best_Practices">4.2.3. A Possible "Best Practices" Solution</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Using_Planet_CCRMA_Software">4.3. Using Software from Planet CCRMA at Home</a></span></dt><dd>
<dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-CCRMA_Installing_Repository">4.3.1. Installing the Planet CCRMA at Home Repositories</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-CCRMA_Repository_Priorities">4.3.2. Setting Repository Priorities</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-CCRMA_Preventing_Package_Updates">4.3.3. Preventing a Package from Being Updated</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="part"><a href="#id708024">II. Audio and Music Software</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-Audacity">5. Audacity</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Knowing_When_to_Use">5.1. Kowing When to Use Audacity</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Requirements_and_Installation">5.2. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sec
tion"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Software_Requirements">5.2.1. Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Hardware_Requirements">5.2.2. Hardware Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation">5.2.3. Standard Installation</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation_with_RPM_Fusion">5.2.4. Installation with MP3 Support</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Playback">5.2.5. Post-Installation Testing: Playback</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Recording">5.2.6. Post-Installation Testing: Recording</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity_Configuration">5.3. Configuration</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_G
uide-Audacity-First_Use">5.3.1. The First Time You Use Audacity</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Configure_to_Use_Your_Hardware">5.3.2. Configuring Audacity to Use Your Hardware</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Setting_Sample_Rate_and_Format">5.3.3. Setting the Project's Sample Rate and Format</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Interface">5.4. The Interface</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial">5.5. Creating a New Login Sound (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Files">5.5.1. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Scenrario">5.5.2. Scenario</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-I
nspiration">5.5.3. Inspiration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Starting_Out">5.5.4. Starting Out</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Continuing_to_Record">5.5.5. Continuing to Record</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Aligning_Tracks">5.5.6. Aligning Tracks</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Stretching_Tracks">5.5.7. Stretching Tracks</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Adjusting_Volume_and_Removing_Noise">5.5.8. Adjusting a Track's Volume, and Removing Noise</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Removing_Audio">5.5.9. Removing a Portion of Audio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Repeating_a_Segmen
t">5.5.10. Repeating an Already-Recorded Segment</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Using_the_Phaser">5.5.11. Add a Silly Effect: Using the Phaser</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Further_Comments">5.5.12. Further Comments</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Saving_and_Exporting">5.6. Saving and Exporting</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Exporting_Part_of_a_File">5.6.1. Exporting Part of a File</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Exporting_a_Whole_File">5.6.2. Exporting a Whole File</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-Digital_Audio_Workstations">6. Digital Audio Workstations</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Kno
wing_Which_DAW_to_Use">6.1. Knowing Which DAW to Use</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Stages_of_Recording">6.2. Stages of Recording</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Recording">6.2.1. Recording</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Mixing">6.2.2. Mixing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Mastering">6.2.3. Mastering</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Record_Mix_Master_More_Info">6.2.4. More Information</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_Interface_Vocabulary">6.3. Interface Vocabulary</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Session">6.3.1. Session</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Track_and_Multitrack">6.3.2. Track and Multitrack</a></span></dt><dt><span class=
"section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Region_Clip_Segment">6.3.3. Region, Clip, or Segment</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Session_Track_Region">6.3.4. Relationship of Session, Track, and Region</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Transport_and_Playhead">6.3.5. Transport and Playhead</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Automation">6.3.6. Automation</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_User_Interface">6.4. User Interface</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Messages_Pane">6.4.1. "Messages" Pane</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_Clock">6.4.2. Clock</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Track_Info_Pane">6.4.3. "Track Info" Pane</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-T
rack_Pane">6.4.4. "Track" Pane</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_Transport_Controls">6.4.5. Transport Controls</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-Ardour">7. Ardour</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Requirements_and_Installation">7.1. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Knowledge_Requirements">7.1.1. Knowledge Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Software_Requirements">7.1.2. Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Hardware_Requirements">7.1.3. Hardware Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Installation">7.1.4. Installation</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a hre
f="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording_a_Session">7.2. Recording a Session</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Running_Ardour">7.2.1. Running Ardour</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Interface">7.2.2. The Interface</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Setting_up_the_Timeline">7.2.3. Setting up the Timeline</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Connecting_Audio_Sources">7.2.4. Connecting Audio Sources to Ardour</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Setting_up_Busses_and_Tracks">7.2.5. Setting up the Busses and Tracks</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Adjusting_Recording_Level">7.2.6. Adjusting Recording Level (Volume)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect
ion"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Recording_a_Region">7.2.7. Recording a Region</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Recording_More">7.2.8. Recording More</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Routing_Audio">7.2.9. Routing Audio and Managing JACK Connections</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Importing_Existing_Audio">7.2.10. Importing Existing Audio</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Tutorial_Files">7.3. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing">7.4. Editing a Song (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Add_Tracks_and_Busses">7.4.1. Add Tracks and Busses</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Music
ians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Connect_Tracks_and_Busses">7.4.2. Connect the Tracks and Busses</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Edit_Groups">7.4.3. Creating Edit Groups</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Add_Regions_to_Tracks">7.4.4. Add Regions to Tracks</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Cut_Regions_Down_to_Size">7.4.5. Cut the Regions Down to Size</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Compare_Multiple_Recordings">7.4.6. Compare Multiple Recordings of the Same Thing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Arrange">7.4.7. Arrange Regions into the Right Places</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Listen">7.4.8. Listen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec
t-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing">7.5. Mixing a Song (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing-Enabling_Stereo_Output">7.5.1. Setting the Session for Stereo Output and Disabling Edit Groups</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing-Set_Initial_Levels">7.5.2. Set Initial Levels</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing-Set_Initial_Panning">7.5.3. Set Initial Panning</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing-Automation_Tracks">7.5.4. Make Further Adjustments with an Automation Track</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing-Other_Things">7.5.5. Other Things You Might Want to Do</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing-Listen">7.5.6. Listen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="
#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mastering">7.6. Mastering a Session</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mastering-Ways_to_Export">7.6.1. Ways to Export Audio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mastering-Using_Export_Window">7.6.2. Using the Export Window</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor">8. Qtractor</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Requirements_and_Installation">8.1. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Knowledge_Requirements">8.1.1. Knowledge Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Software_Requirements">8.1.2. Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Hardware_Require
ments">8.1.3. Hardware Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Other_Requirements">8.1.4. Other Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Installation">8.1.5. Installation</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Configuration">8.2. Configuration</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Configuration-Audio_Tab">8.2.1. Audio Options</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Configuration-MIDI_Tab">8.2.2. MIDI Options</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Configuration-MIDI_Channel_Names">8.2.3. Configuring MIDI Channel Names</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Using">8.3. Using Qtractor</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a hre
f="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Using-Blue_Place_Markers">8.3.1. Using the Blue Place-Markers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Using-MIDI_Tools">8.3.2. Using the MIDI Matrix Editor's Tools</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Using-JACK">8.3.3. Using JACK with Qtractor</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Using-Exporting_Audio_and_MIDI_Together">8.3.4. Exporting a Whole File (Audio and MIDI Together)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Using-Tips">8.3.5. Miscellaneous Tips</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial">8.4. Creating a MIDI Composition (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Inspiration">8.4.1. Inspiration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#se
ct-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Requirements">8.4.2. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Getting_Qtractor_Ready">8.4.3. Getting Qtractor Ready</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Import_the_Audio_File">8.4.4. Import the Audio File</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Marking_the_First_Formal_Area">8.4.5. Marking the First Formal Area</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Creating_our_Theme">8.4.6. Creating our Theme</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Repeat_the_Theme">8.4.7. Repeat the Theme</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Compose_the_Next_Part">8.4.8. Compose the Next Part</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec
t-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_52_to_75">8.4.9. Qtractor's Measures 52 to 75</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_75_to_97">8.4.10. Qtractor's Measures 75 to 97</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measure_97">8.4.11. Qtractor's Measure 97</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_98_to_119">8.4.12. Qtractor's Measures 98 to 119</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_119_to_139">8.4.13. Qtractor's Measures 119 to 139</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_139_to_158">8.4.14. Qtractor's Measures 139 to 158</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_158_to_176">8.4.15. Qtractor's Measures 158 to 176</a></span></dt><dt><sp
an class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_177_to_the_End">8.4.16. Qtractor's Measures 177 to the End</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden">9. Rosegarden</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Requirements_and_Installation">9.1. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Knowledge_Requirements">9.1.1. Knowledge Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Software_Requirements">9.1.2. Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Hardware_Requirements">9.1.3. Hardware Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Other_Requirements">9.1.4. Other Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="se
ction"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Installation">9.1.5. Installation</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Configuration">9.2. Configuration</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Configuration-JACK_and_Qsynth">9.2.1. Setup JACK and Qsynth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Configuration-Rosegarden">9.2.2. Setup Rosegarden</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden_and_LilyPond">9.3. Rosegarden and LilyPond</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Tutorial">9.4. Write a Song in Rosegarden (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Tutorial-Bass_Line">9.4.1. Start the Score with a Bass Line</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-
Rosegarden-Tutorial-Percussion_Track">9.4.2. Add a Percussion Track</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Tutorial-Spice_up_the_Percussion">9.4.3. Spice up the Percussion</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Tutorial-Melody">9.4.4. Add a Melody</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Tutorial-Ways_to_Continue">9.4.5. Possible Ways to Continue</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth">10. FluidSynth</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-SoundFont_Technology_and_MIDI">10.1. SoundFont Technology and MIDI</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-How_to_Get_a_SoundFont">10.1.1. How to Get a SoundFont</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-MIDI
_Terms">10.1.2. MIDI Instruments, Banks, Programs, and Patches</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-MIDI_Channels">10.1.3. MIDI Channels</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Requirements_and_Installation">10.2. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Req_and_Inst-Software_Requirements">10.2.1. Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Req_and_Inst-Installation">10.2.2. Thare Are Two Ways to Install FluidSynth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Req_and_Inst-Installation_with_Qsynth">10.2.3. Installation with Qsynth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Req_and_Inst-Installation_without_Qsynth">10.2.4. Installation without Qsynth</a></span></dt
><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Req_and_Inst-">10.2.5. Installation of SoundFont Files</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-In_a_Terminal">10.3. Using FluidSynth in a Terminal</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Configuring">10.4. Configuring Qsynth</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Configuring-Starting_FluidSynth">10.4.1. Starting FluidSynth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Configuring-SoundFont">10.4.2. SoundFont Configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Configuring-JACK_Output">10.4.3. JACK Output Configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Configuring-MIDI_Input">10.4.4. MIDI Input Configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span cl
ass="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Configuring-Viewing_all_Settings">10.4.5. Viewing all FluidSynth Settings</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Assigning_Programs_to_Channels">10.5. Assigning Programs to Channels with Qsynth</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Changing_Number_of_Input_Channels">10.5.1. Changing the Number of MIDI Input Channels</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Saving_and_Reusing_Channel_Assignments">10.5.2. Saving and Reusing Channel Assignments</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Reverb_and_Chorus">10.6. Using Reverb and Chorus with Qsynth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Multiple_Instances">10.7. Multiple FluidSynth Instances with Qsynth</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><spa
n class="chapter"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-SuperCollider">11. SuperCollider</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Technical_Convetions">11.1. Technical Conventions for This Chapter</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Requirements_and_Installation">11.2. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Req_and_Inst-Knowledge">11.2.1. Knowledge Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Req_and_Inst-Software_Requirements">11.2.2. Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Req_and_Inst-Hardware_Requirements">11.2.3. Hardware Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-SC-Req_and_Inst-Available_Packages">11.2.4. Available SuperCollider Packages</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a
href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Req_and_Inst-Recommended_Installation">11.2.5. Recommended Installation</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Using_GEdit">11.3. Using GEdit to Write and Run SuperCollider Programs</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Using_GEdit-Enable_and_Configure_SCEd">11.3.1. Enable and Configure SCEd in GEdit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Using_GEdit-Start_a_Server">11.3.2. Enable SuperCollider Mode and Start a Server</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Using_GEdit-Executing_Code">11.3.3. Executing Code in GEdit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Using_GEdit-Other_Tips">11.3.4. Other Tips for Using GEdit with SuperCollider</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SuperCollider-Basic_Programming">11.4.
Basic Programming in SuperCollider</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-First_Steps">11.4.1. First Steps</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Variables_and_Functions">11.4.2. Variables and Functions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Object_Oriented">11.4.3. Object-Oriented SuperCollider</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Sound_Making_Functions">11.4.4. Sound-Making Functions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Multichannel_Audio">11.4.5. Multichannel Audio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Collections">11.4.6. Collections</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Repeating">11.
4.7. Repeated Execution</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Conditional_Execution">11.4.8. Conditional Execution</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Combining_and_Mix">11.4.9. Combining Audio; the Mix Class</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-SynthDef_and_Synth">11.4.10. SynthDef and Synth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Busses">11.4.11. Busses</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Ordering_and_Other_Features">11.4.12. Ordering and Other Synth Features</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Scheduling">11.4.13. Scheduling</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Getting_Help">11.4.14. How
to Get Help</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Legal_Attribution">11.4.15. Legal Attribution</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SuperCollider-Composing">11.5. Composing with SuperCollider</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Tutorial_Files">11.5.1. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Inspiration">11.5.2. Inspiration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Designing_the_First_Part">11.5.3. Designing the First Part</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Designing_the_Second_Part">11.5.4. Designing the Second Part</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Creating_Ten_Pseudo-Random-Tones">11.5.5. Creating Ten Pseudo-R
andom Tones</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Scheduling_the_Tones">11.5.6. Scheduling the Tones</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Optimizing_the_Code">11.5.7. Optimizing the Code</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Making_a_Useful_Function_Out_of_the_Second_Part">11.5.8. Making a Useful Section out of the Second Part</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Joining_the_Two_Parts">11.5.9. Joining the Two Parts</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SuperCollider-Exporting">11.6. Exporting Sound Files</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Non_Real_Time_Synthesis">11.6.1. Non-Real-Time Synthesis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Recording_SuperColliders_Outpu
t">11.6.2. Recording SuperCollider's Output (Tutorial)</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond">12. LilyPond</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-How_LilyPond_Works">12.1. How LilyPond Works</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-The_LilyPond_Approach">12.2. The LilyPond Approach</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Installation">12.3. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax">12.4. LilyPond Basics</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Letters_Are_Pitches">12.4.1. Letters Are Pitches</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Numbers_Are_Durations">12.4.2. Numbers Are Durations</a></span></dt><dt><span
class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Articulations">12.4.3. Articulations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Simultaneity">12.4.4. Simultaneity</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Chords">12.4.5. Chords</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Commands">12.4.6. Commands</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Source_Files">12.4.7. Source Files and Their Formatting</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Avoiding_Errors">12.4.8. Avoiding Errors</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Counterpoint">12.5. Working on a Counterpoint Exercise (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Counterpoint-Tutorial
_Files">12.5.1. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Counterpoint-Starting_the_Score">12.5.2. Starting the Score</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Counterpoint-Adjusting_Frescobaldis_Output">12.5.3. Adjusting Frescobaldi's Output</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Counterpoint-Inputting">12.5.4. Inputting</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Counterpoint-Formatting_the_Score">12.5.5. Formatting the Score</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Orchestra">12.6. Working on an Orchestral Score (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Orchestra-Tutorial_Files">12.6.1. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-
Orchestra-Starting_the_Score">12.6.2. Starting the Score</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Orchestra-Adjusting_Frescobaldis_Output">12.6.3. Adjusting Frescobaldi's Output</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Orchestra-Inputting">12.6.4. Inputting</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano">12.7. Working on a Piano Score (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano-Tutorial_Files">12.7.1. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano-Starting_the_Score">12.7.2. Starting the Score</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano-Adjusting_Frescobaldis_Output">12.7.3. Adjusting Frescobaldi's Output</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPo
nd-Piano-Inputting">12.7.4. Inputting</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano-Troubleshooting_Errors">12.7.5. Troubleshooting Errors</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano-Formatting">12.7.6. Formatting the Score (Piano Dynamics)</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-Frescobaldi">13. Frescobaldi</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Frescobaldi-Makes_LilyPond_Easier">13.1. Frescobaldi Makes LilyPond Easier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Frescobaldi-Installation">13.2. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Frescobaldi-Configuration">13.3. Configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Frescobaldi-Using">13.4. Using Frescobaldi</a></span></dt></dl>
</dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-Solfege">14. GNU Solfege</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Requirements_and_Installation">14.1. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Hardware_and_Software_Requirements">14.1.1. Hardware and Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Other_Requirements">14.1.2. Other Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Install">14.1.3. Required Installation</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Install_Csound">14.1.4. Optional Installation: Csound</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Install_MMA">14.1.5. Optionsl Installation: MMA</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guid
e-Solfege-Configuration">14.2. Configuration</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration-First_Time">14.2.1. When You Run Solfege for the First Time</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration-Instruments">14.2.2. Instruments</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration-External_Programs">14.2.3. External Programs</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration-Interface">14.2.4. Interface</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration-Practise">14.2.5. Practise</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration-Sound_Setup">14.2.6. Sound Setup</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Training">14.3. Training Yourself</a></span></dt><dd><d
l><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Training-Aural_Skilla_and_Musical_Sensibility">14.3.1. Aural Skills and Musical Sensibility</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Training-Exercise_Types">14.3.2. Exercise Types</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Training-Making_an_Aural_Skills_Program">14.3.3. Making an Aural Skills Program</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Training-Supplementary_References">14.3.4. Supplementary References</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Using_the_Exercises">14.4. Using the Exercises</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Listening_Exercises">14.4.1. Listening</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Singing_Exercises">14.4.2. Singing</a></span></dt><dt><spa
n class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Configure_Yourself_Exericses">14.4.3. Configure Yourself</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Rhythm_Exercises">14.4.4. Rhythm</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Dictation_Exercises">14.4.5. Dictation</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Harmonic_Progressions">14.4.6. Harmonic Progressions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Intonation">14.4.7. Intonation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="appendix"><a href="#appe-Musicians_Guide-Revision_History">A. Revision History</a></span></dt><dt><span class="index"><a href="#id610555">Index</a></span></dt></dl></div><div xml:lang="en-US" class="preface" title="Preface" id="pref-Musicians_Guide-Preface" lang="en-US"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title">Preface</h1></div></div
></div><div xml:lang="en-US" class="section" title="1. Document Conventions" lang="en-US"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="id1413655">1. Document Conventions</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+ </div></div></div></div><hr /></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="preface"><a href="#pref-Musicians_Guide-Preface">Preface</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#id464952">1. Document Conventions</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#id1688817">1.1. Typographic Conventions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#id719537">1.2. Pull-quote Conventions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#id749111">1.3. Notes and Warnings</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#id535576">2. We Need Feedback!</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="part"><a href="#id652273">I. Linux Audio Basics</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Cards">1. Sound Cards and Digital Audio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-What_Sound_Cards_Are">1.1. Types of Sound Cards</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a hr
ef="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audio_Interfaces">1.1.1. Audio Interfaces</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-MIDI_Interfaces">1.1.2. MIDI Interfaces</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Card_Connections">1.2. Sound Card Connections</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Motherboard_Integrated">1.2.1. Integrated into the Motherboard</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-PCI_Sound_Cards">1.2.2. Internal PCI Connection</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FireWire_Sound_Cards">1.2.3. External FireWire Connection</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-USB_Sound_Cards">1.2.4. External USB Connection</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Choose_Sound_Card_Connection">1.2.5. Choosing a Connection Type</a></span></dt></dl></dd><
dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Sample_Rate_and_Sample_Format">1.3. Sample, Sample Rate, Sample Format, and Bit Rate</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Sample">1.3.1. Sample</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Sample_Format">1.3.2. Sample Format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Sample_Rate">1.3.3. Sample Rate</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Bit_Rate">1.3.4. Bit Rate</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Bit_and_Sample_Rate_Conclusions">1.3.5. Conclusions</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary">1.4. Other Digital Audio Concepts</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary-MIDI_Sequencer">1.4.1. MIDI Sequencer</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect
-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary-Bus">1.4.2. Busses, Master Bus, and Sub-Master Bus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary-Level">1.4.3. Level (Volume/Loudness)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary-Panning_and_Balance">1.4.4. Panning and Balance</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary-Time">1.4.5. Time, Timeline, and Time-Shifting</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary-Synchronization">1.4.6. Synchronization</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary-Routing_and_Multiplexing">1.4.7. Routing and Multiplexing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Multichannel_Audio">1.4.8. Multichannel Audio</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-How_Computers_Deal_with_Hardware">2. Software for Soun
d Cards</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Servers-ALSA">2.1. How Linux Deals with Audio Hardware</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Servers_Section">2.2. Sound Servers</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Servers-PulseAudio">2.2.1. PulseAudio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Servers-JACK">2.2.2. JACK Audio Connection Kit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Servers-Phonon">2.2.3. Phonon</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Using_JACK">2.3. Using the JACK Audio Connection Kit</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Install_and_Configure_JACK">2.3.1. Installing and Configuring JACK</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Using_QjackCtl"
>2.3.2. Using QjackCtl</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Integrating_PulseAudio_with_JACK">2.3.3. Integrating PulseAudio with JACK</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-Real_Time_and_Low_Latency">3. Real-Time and Low Latency</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Low_Latency">3.1. Why Low Latency Is Desirable</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Processor_Scheduling">3.2. Processor Scheduling</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Real_Time_Linux_Kernel">3.3. The Real-Time Linux Kernel</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Hard_and_Soft_Real_Time">3.4. Hard and Soft Real-Time</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Getting_Real_Time_Kernel_in_Fedora">3.5. Getting a Real-Time Kernel in Fedora Linux</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-Planet_CCRMA_at_Home">4. Planet CCRMA at Home</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-What_Is_Planet_CCRMA">4.1. About Planet CCRMA at Home</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Knowing_Whether_to_Use_Planet_CCRMA">4.2. Deciding Whether to Use Planet CCRMA at Home</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-CCRMA_Need_Exclusive_Software">4.2.1. Exclusive Software</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-CCRMA_Security_and_Stability">4.2.2. Security and Stability</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-CCRMA_Best_Practices">4.2.3. A Possible "Best Practices" Solution</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Using_Planet_CCRMA_Software">4.3. Using Software from Planet CCRMA at Home</a></span></dt><dd>
<dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-CCRMA_Installing_Repository">4.3.1. Installing the Planet CCRMA at Home Repositories</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-CCRMA_Repository_Priorities">4.3.2. Setting Repository Priorities</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-CCRMA_Preventing_Package_Updates">4.3.3. Preventing a Package from Being Updated</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="part"><a href="#id1688590">II. Audio and Music Software</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-Audacity">5. Audacity</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Knowing_When_to_Use">5.1. Kowing When to Use Audacity</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Requirements_and_Installation">5.2. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="se
ction"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Software_Requirements">5.2.1. Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Hardware_Requirements">5.2.2. Hardware Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation">5.2.3. Standard Installation</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation_with_RPM_Fusion">5.2.4. Installation with MP3 Support</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Playback">5.2.5. Post-Installation Test: Playback</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Recording">5.2.6. Post-Installation Test: Recording</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity_Configuration">5.3. Configuration</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-
Audacity-First_Use">5.3.1. When You Run Audacity for the First Time</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Configure_to_Use_Your_Hardware">5.3.2. Configuring Audacity for Your Sound Card</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Setting_Sample_Rate_and_Format">5.3.3. Setting the Project's Sample Rate and Format</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Interface">5.4. The Interface</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Recording">5.5. Recording</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Recording-Start_to_Record">5.5.1. Start to Record</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Recording-Continuing_to_Record">5.5.2. Continue to Record</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacit
y-Tutorial">5.6. Creating a New Login Sound (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Files">5.6.1. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Scenario">5.6.2. Scenario</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Aligning_Tracks">5.6.3. Align Tracks</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Stretching_Tracks">5.6.4. Stretching Tracks</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Adjust_Volume_Level">5.6.5. Adjust the Volume Level</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Remove_Noise">5.6.6. Remove Noise</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Fade_Out">5.6.7. Fade In or Out</a></span></dt><dt><span class="se
ction"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Removing_Audio">5.6.8. Remove Some Audio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Repeating_a_Segment">5.6.9. Repeat an Already-Recorded Segment</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Using_the_Phaser">5.6.10. Add a Special Effect (the Phaser)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Conclusion">5.6.11. Conclusion</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Save_and_Export">5.7. Save and Export</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Exporting_Part_of_a_File">5.7.1. Export Part of a File</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Exporting_a_Whole_File">5.7.2. Export a Whole File</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a
href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-Digital_Audio_Workstations">6. Digital Audio Workstations</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Knowing_Which_DAW_to_Use">6.1. Knowing Which DAW to Use</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Stages_of_Recording">6.2. Stages of Recording</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Recording">6.2.1. Recording</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Mixing">6.2.2. Mixing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Mastering">6.2.3. Mastering</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Record_Mix_Master_More_Info">6.2.4. More Information</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_Interface_Vocabulary">6.3. Interface Vocabulary</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Session
">6.3.1. Session</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Track_and_Multitrack">6.3.2. Track and Multitrack</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Region_Clip_Segment">6.3.3. Region, Clip, or Segment</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Session_Track_Region">6.3.4. Relationship of Session, Track, and Region</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Transport_and_Playhead">6.3.5. Transport and Playhead</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Automation">6.3.6. Automation</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_User_Interface">6.4. User Interface</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Messages_Pane">6.4.1. "Messages" Pane</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_Clock">6.4.2. Clock</a></span></dt><d
t><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Track_Info_Pane">6.4.3. "Track Info" Pane</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Track_Pane">6.4.4. "Track" Pane</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_Transport_Controls">6.4.5. Transport Controls</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-Ardour">7. Ardour</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Requirements_and_Installation">7.1. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Knowledge_Requirements">7.1.1. Knowledge Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Software_Requirements">7.1.2. Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Hardware_Requirements">7.1.3. Hardware Requirements<
/a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Installation">7.1.4. Installation</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording_a_Session">7.2. Recording a Session</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Running_Ardour">7.2.1. Running Ardour</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Interface">7.2.2. The Interface</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Setting_up_the_Timeline">7.2.3. Setting up the Timeline</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Connecting_Audio_Sources">7.2.4. Connecting Audio Sources to Ardour</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Setting_up_Busses_and_Tracks">7.2.5. Setting up the Busses and Tracks</a></span></dt><dt><span
class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Adjusting_Recording_Level">7.2.6. Adjusting Recording Level (Volume)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Recording_a_Region">7.2.7. Recording a Region</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Recording_More">7.2.8. Recording More</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Routing_Audio">7.2.9. Routing Audio and Managing JACK Connections</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Importing_Existing_Audio">7.2.10. Importing Existing Audio</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Tutorial_Files">7.3. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing">7.4. Editing a Song (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class
="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Add_Tracks_and_Busses">7.4.1. Add Tracks and Busses</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Connect_Tracks_and_Busses">7.4.2. Connect the Tracks and Busses</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Edit_Groups">7.4.3. Creating Edit Groups</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Add_Regions_to_Tracks">7.4.4. Add Regions to Tracks</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Cut_Regions_Down_to_Size">7.4.5. Cut the Regions Down to Size</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Compare_Multiple_Recordings">7.4.6. Compare Multiple Recordings of the Same Thing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Arrange">7.4.7. Arrange Regions into the Right Places</a>
</span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Listen">7.4.8. Listen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing">7.5. Mixing a Song (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing-Enabling_Stereo_Output">7.5.1. Setting the Session for Stereo Output and Disabling Edit Groups</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing-Set_Initial_Levels">7.5.2. Set Initial Levels</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing-Set_Initial_Panning">7.5.3. Set Initial Panning</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing-Automation_Tracks">7.5.4. Make Further Adjustments with an Automation Track</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing-Other_Things">7.5.5. Other Things You Might Want to D
o</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing-Listen">7.5.6. Listen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mastering">7.6. Mastering a Session</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mastering-Ways_to_Export">7.6.1. Ways to Export Audio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mastering-Using_Export_Window">7.6.2. Using the Export Window</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor">8. Qtractor</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Requirements_and_Installation">8.1. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Knowledge_Requirements">8.1.1. Knowledge Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musi
cians_Guide-Qtractor-Software_Requirements">8.1.2. Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Hardware_Requirements">8.1.3. Hardware Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Other_Requirements">8.1.4. Other Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Installation">8.1.5. Installation</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Configuration">8.2. Configuration</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Configuration-Audio_Tab">8.2.1. Audio Options</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Configuration-MIDI_Tab">8.2.2. MIDI Options</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Configuration-MIDI_Channel_Names">8.2.3. Configuring MIDI Channel Names</a>
</span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Using">8.3. Using Qtractor</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Using-Blue_Place_Markers">8.3.1. Using the Blue Place-Markers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Using-MIDI_Tools">8.3.2. Using the MIDI Matrix Editor's Tools</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Using-JACK">8.3.3. Using JACK with Qtractor</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Using-Exporting_Audio_and_MIDI_Together">8.3.4. Exporting a Whole File (Audio and MIDI Together)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Using-Tips">8.3.5. Miscellaneous Tips</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial">8.4. Creating a MIDI Composition (Tutorial)</a></span></d
t><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Inspiration">8.4.1. Inspiration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Requirements">8.4.2. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Getting_Qtractor_Ready">8.4.3. Getting Qtractor Ready</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Import_the_Audio_File">8.4.4. Import the Audio File</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Marking_the_First_Formal_Area">8.4.5. Marking the First Formal Area</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Creating_our_Theme">8.4.6. Creating our Theme</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Repeat_the_Theme">8.4.7. Repeat the Theme</a></span></dt><dt><span c
lass="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Compose_the_Next_Part">8.4.8. Compose the Next Part</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_52_to_75">8.4.9. Qtractor's Measures 52 to 75</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_75_to_97">8.4.10. Qtractor's Measures 75 to 97</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measure_97">8.4.11. Qtractor's Measure 97</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_98_to_119">8.4.12. Qtractor's Measures 98 to 119</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_119_to_139">8.4.13. Qtractor's Measures 119 to 139</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_139_to_158">8.4.14. Qtractor's Measures 139 to 158</a
></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_158_to_176">8.4.15. Qtractor's Measures 158 to 176</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_177_to_the_End">8.4.16. Qtractor's Measures 177 to the End</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden">9. Rosegarden</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Requirements_and_Installation">9.1. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Knowledge_Requirements">9.1.1. Knowledge Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Software_Requirements">9.1.2. Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Hardware_Requirements">9.1.3. Hardware Requir
ements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Other_Requirements">9.1.4. Other Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Installation">9.1.5. Installation</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Configuration">9.2. Configuration</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Configuration-JACK_and_Qsynth">9.2.1. Setup JACK and Qsynth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Configuration-Rosegarden">9.2.2. Setup Rosegarden</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden_and_LilyPond">9.3. Rosegarden and LilyPond</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Tutorial">9.4. Write a Song in Rosegarden (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a h
ref="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Tutorial-Bass_Line">9.4.1. Start the Score with a Bass Line</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Tutorial-Percussion_Track">9.4.2. Add a Percussion Track</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Tutorial-Spice_up_the_Percussion">9.4.3. Spice up the Percussion</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Tutorial-Melody">9.4.4. Add a Melody</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Tutorial-Ways_to_Continue">9.4.5. Possible Ways to Continue</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth">10. FluidSynth</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-SoundFont_Technology_and_MIDI">10.1. SoundFont Technology and MIDI</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect
-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-How_to_Get_a_SoundFont">10.1.1. How to Get a SoundFont</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-MIDI_Terms">10.1.2. MIDI Instruments, Banks, Programs, and Patches</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-MIDI_Channels">10.1.3. MIDI Channels</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Requirements_and_Installation">10.2. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Req_and_Inst-Software_Requirements">10.2.1. Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Req_and_Inst-Installation">10.2.2. Thare Are Two Ways to Install FluidSynth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Req_and_Inst-Installation_with_Qsynth">10.2.3. Installation with Qsynth</a></
span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Req_and_Inst-Installation_without_Qsynth">10.2.4. Installation without Qsynth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Req_and_Inst-">10.2.5. Installation of SoundFont Files</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-In_a_Terminal">10.3. Using FluidSynth in a Terminal</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Configuring">10.4. Configuring Qsynth</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Configuring-Starting_FluidSynth">10.4.1. Starting FluidSynth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Configuring-SoundFont">10.4.2. SoundFont Configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Configuring-JACK_Output">10.4.3. JACK Output Configurati
on</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Configuring-MIDI_Input">10.4.4. MIDI Input Configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Configuring-Viewing_all_Settings">10.4.5. Viewing all FluidSynth Settings</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Assigning_Programs_to_Channels">10.5. Assigning Programs to Channels with Qsynth</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Changing_Number_of_Input_Channels">10.5.1. Changing the Number of MIDI Input Channels</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Saving_and_Reusing_Channel_Assignments">10.5.2. Saving and Reusing Channel Assignments</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Reverb_and_Chorus">10.6. Using Reverb and Chorus with Qsynth</a></span></dt
><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Multiple_Instances">10.7. Multiple FluidSynth Instances with Qsynth</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-SuperCollider">11. SuperCollider</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Technical_Convetions">11.1. Technical Conventions for This Chapter</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Requirements_and_Installation">11.2. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Req_and_Inst-Knowledge">11.2.1. Knowledge Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Req_and_Inst-Software_Requirements">11.2.2. Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Req_and_Inst-Hardware_Requirements">11.2.3. Hardware Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span
class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-SC-Req_and_Inst-Available_Packages">11.2.4. Available SuperCollider Packages</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Req_and_Inst-Recommended_Installation">11.2.5. Recommended Installation</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Using_GEdit">11.3. Using GEdit to Write and Run SuperCollider Programs</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Using_GEdit-Enable_and_Configure_SCEd">11.3.1. Enable and Configure SCEd in GEdit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Using_GEdit-Start_a_Server">11.3.2. Enable SuperCollider Mode and Start a Server</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Using_GEdit-Executing_Code">11.3.3. Executing Code in GEdit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Using_GEdit-Other_Tips">11.3
.4. Other Tips for Using GEdit with SuperCollider</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SuperCollider-Basic_Programming">11.4. Basic Programming in SuperCollider</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-First_Steps">11.4.1. First Steps</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Variables_and_Functions">11.4.2. Variables and Functions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Object_Oriented">11.4.3. Object-Oriented SuperCollider</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Sound_Making_Functions">11.4.4. Sound-Making Functions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Multichannel_Audio">11.4.5. Multichannel Audio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicia
ns_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Collections">11.4.6. Collections</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Repeating">11.4.7. Repeated Execution</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Conditional_Execution">11.4.8. Conditional Execution</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Combining_and_Mix">11.4.9. Combining Audio; the Mix Class</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-SynthDef_and_Synth">11.4.10. SynthDef and Synth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Busses">11.4.11. Busses</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Ordering_and_Other_Features">11.4.12. Ordering and Other Synth Features</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-
Basic_Programming-Scheduling">11.4.13. Scheduling</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Getting_Help">11.4.14. How to Get Help</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Legal_Attribution">11.4.15. Legal Attribution</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SuperCollider-Composing">11.5. Composing with SuperCollider</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Tutorial_Files">11.5.1. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Inspiration">11.5.2. Inspiration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Designing_the_First_Part">11.5.3. Designing the First Part</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Designing_the_Second_Part">11.5.4. Desi
gning the Second Part</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Creating_Ten_Pseudo-Random-Tones">11.5.5. Creating Ten Pseudo-Random Tones</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Scheduling_the_Tones">11.5.6. Scheduling the Tones</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Optimizing_the_Code">11.5.7. Optimizing the Code</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Making_a_Useful_Function_Out_of_the_Second_Part">11.5.8. Making a Useful Section out of the Second Part</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Joining_the_Two_Parts">11.5.9. Joining the Two Parts</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SuperCollider-Exporting">11.6. Exporting Sound Files</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_G
uide-SC-Non_Real_Time_Synthesis">11.6.1. Non-Real-Time Synthesis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Recording_SuperColliders_Output">11.6.2. Recording SuperCollider's Output (Tutorial)</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond">12. LilyPond</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-How_LilyPond_Works">12.1. How LilyPond Works</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-The_LilyPond_Approach">12.2. The LilyPond Approach</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Installation">12.3. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax">12.4. LilyPond Basics</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Letters_Are_Pitches">12.4.1. Letters Are Pitc
hes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Numbers_Are_Durations">12.4.2. Numbers Are Durations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Articulations">12.4.3. Articulations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Simultaneity">12.4.4. Simultaneity</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Chords">12.4.5. Chords</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Commands">12.4.6. Commands</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Source_Files">12.4.7. Source Files and Their Formatting</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Avoiding_Errors">12.4.8. Avoiding Errors</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Counte
rpoint">12.5. Working on a Counterpoint Exercise (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Counterpoint-Tutorial_Files">12.5.1. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Counterpoint-Starting_the_Score">12.5.2. Starting the Score</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Counterpoint-Adjusting_Frescobaldis_Output">12.5.3. Adjusting Frescobaldi's Output</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Counterpoint-Inputting">12.5.4. Inputting</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Counterpoint-Formatting_the_Score">12.5.5. Formatting the Score</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Orchestra">12.6. Working on an Orchestral Score (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href=
"#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Orchestra-Tutorial_Files">12.6.1. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Orchestra-Starting_the_Score">12.6.2. Starting the Score</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Orchestra-Adjusting_Frescobaldis_Output">12.6.3. Adjusting Frescobaldi's Output</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Orchestra-Inputting">12.6.4. Inputting</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano">12.7. Working on a Piano Score (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano-Tutorial_Files">12.7.1. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano-Starting_the_Score">12.7.2. Starting the Score</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians
_Guide-LilyPond-Piano-Adjusting_Frescobaldis_Output">12.7.3. Adjusting Frescobaldi's Output</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano-Inputting">12.7.4. Inputting</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano-Troubleshooting_Errors">12.7.5. Troubleshooting Errors</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano-Formatting">12.7.6. Formatting the Score (Piano Dynamics)</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-Frescobaldi">13. Frescobaldi</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Frescobaldi-Makes_LilyPond_Easier">13.1. Frescobaldi Makes LilyPond Easier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Frescobaldi-Installation">13.2. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Frescobaldi-
Configuration">13.3. Configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Frescobaldi-Using">13.4. Using Frescobaldi</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-Solfege">14. GNU Solfege</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Requirements_and_Installation">14.1. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Hardware_and_Software_Requirements">14.1.1. Hardware and Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Other_Requirements">14.1.2. Other Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Install">14.1.3. Required Installation</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Install_Csound">14.1.4. Optional Installation: Csound</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sectio
n"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Install_MMA">14.1.5. Optionsl Installation: MMA</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration">14.2. Configuration</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration-First_Time">14.2.1. When You Run Solfege for the First Time</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration-Instruments">14.2.2. Instruments</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration-External_Programs">14.2.3. External Programs</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration-Interface">14.2.4. Interface</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration-Practise">14.2.5. Practise</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration-Sound_Se
tup">14.2.6. Sound Setup</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Training">14.3. Training Yourself</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Training-Aural_Skilla_and_Musical_Sensibility">14.3.1. Aural Skills and Musical Sensibility</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Training-Exercise_Types">14.3.2. Exercise Types</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Training-Making_an_Aural_Skills_Program">14.3.3. Making an Aural Skills Program</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Training-Supplementary_References">14.3.4. Supplementary References</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Using_the_Exercises">14.4. Using the Exercises</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege
-Listening_Exercises">14.4.1. Listening</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Singing_Exercises">14.4.2. Singing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Configure_Yourself_Exericses">14.4.3. Configure Yourself</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Rhythm_Exercises">14.4.4. Rhythm</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Dictation_Exercises">14.4.5. Dictation</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Harmonic_Progressions">14.4.6. Harmonic Progressions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Intonation">14.4.7. Intonation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="appendix"><a href="#appe-Musicians_Guide-Revision_History">A. Revision History</a></span></dt><dt><span class="index"><a href="#id821146">Index</a></span></dt></dl></div><div
xml:lang="en-US" class="preface" title="Preface" id="pref-Musicians_Guide-Preface" lang="en-US"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title">Preface</h1></div></div></div><div xml:lang="en-US" class="section" title="1. Document Conventions" lang="en-US"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="id464952">1. Document Conventions</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
This manual uses several conventions to highlight certain words and phrases and draw attention to specific pieces of information.
</div><div class="para">
In PDF and paper editions, this manual uses typefaces drawn from the <a href="https://fedorahosted.org/liberation-fonts/">Liberation Fonts</a> set. The Liberation Fonts set is also used in HTML editions if the set is installed on your system. If not, alternative but equivalent typefaces are displayed. Note: Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 and later includes the Liberation Fonts set by default.
- </div><div class="section" title="1.1. Typographic Conventions"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="id795045">1.1. Typographic Conventions</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+ </div><div class="section" title="1.1. Typographic Conventions"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="id1688817">1.1. Typographic Conventions</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
Four typographic conventions are used to call attention to specific words and phrases. These conventions, and the circumstances they apply to, are as follows.
</div><div class="para">
<code class="literal">Mono-spaced Bold</code>
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
Aside from standard usage for presenting the title of a work, italics denotes the first use of a new and important term. For example:
</div><div class="blockquote"><blockquote class="blockquote"><div class="para">
Publican is a <em class="firstterm">DocBook</em> publishing system.
- </div></blockquote></div></div><div class="section" title="1.2. Pull-quote Conventions"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="id666189">1.2. Pull-quote Conventions</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+ </div></blockquote></div></div><div class="section" title="1.2. Pull-quote Conventions"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="id719537">1.2. Pull-quote Conventions</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
Terminal output and source code listings are set off visually from the surrounding text.
</div><div class="para">
Output sent to a terminal is set in <code class="computeroutput">mono-spaced roman</code> and presented thus:
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ books_tests Desktop1 downloads images notes scripts svgs</pre><div cla
System.<span class="perl_Function">out</span>.<span class="perl_Function">println</span>(<span class="perl_String">"Echo.echo('Hello') = "</span> + echo.<span class="perl_Function">echo</span>(<span class="perl_String">"Hello"</span>));
}
-}</pre></div><div class="section" title="1.3. Notes and Warnings"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="id685191">1.3. Notes and Warnings</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+}</pre></div><div class="section" title="1.3. Notes and Warnings"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="id749111">1.3. Notes and Warnings</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
Finally, we use three visual styles to draw attention to information that might otherwise be overlooked.
</div><div class="note"><h2>Note</h2><div class="para">
Notes are tips, shortcuts or alternative approaches to the task at hand. Ignoring a note should have no negative consequences, but you might miss out on a trick that makes your life easier.
@@ -108,13 +108,13 @@ books_tests Desktop1 downloads images notes scripts svgs</pre><div cla
Important boxes detail things that are easily missed: configuration changes that only apply to the current session, or services that need restarting before an update will apply. Ignoring a box labeled 'Important' won't cause data loss but may cause irritation and frustration.
</div></div><div class="warning"><h2>Warning</h2><div class="para">
Warnings should not be ignored. Ignoring warnings will most likely cause data loss.
- </div></div></div></div><div xml:lang="en-US" class="section" title="2. We Need Feedback!" lang="en-US"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="id744033">2. We Need Feedback!</h2></div></div></div><a id="id744045" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+ </div></div></div></div><div xml:lang="en-US" class="section" title="2. We Need Feedback!" lang="en-US"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="id535576">2. We Need Feedback!</h2></div></div></div><a id="id577674" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
If you find a typographical error in this manual, or if you have thought of a way to make this manual better, we would love to hear from you! Please submit a report in Bugzilla: <a href="http://bugzilla.redhat.com/bugzilla/">http://bugzilla.redhat.com/bugzilla/</a> against the product <span class="application"><strong>Fedora Documentation.</strong></span>
</div><div class="para">
When submitting a bug report, be sure to mention the manual's identifier: <em class="citetitle">musicians-guide</em>
</div><div class="para">
If you have a suggestion for improving the documentation, try to be as specific as possible when describing it. If you have found an error, please include the section number and some of the surrounding text so we can find it easily.
- </div></div></div><div class="part" title="Part I. Linux Audio Basics" id="id644455"><div class="titlepage"><div><div text-align="center"><h1 class="title">Part I. Linux Audio Basics</h1></div></div></div><div class="partintro" title="Linux Audio Basics" id="id644461"><div></div><div class="para">
+ </div></div></div><div class="part" title="Part I. Linux Audio Basics" id="id652273"><div class="titlepage"><div><div text-align="center"><h1 class="title">Part I. Linux Audio Basics</h1></div></div></div><div class="partintro" title="Linux Audio Basics" id="id652280"><div></div><div class="para">
asdf
</div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Cards">1. Sound Cards and Digital Audio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-What_Sound_Cards_Are">1.1. Types of Sound Cards</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audio_Interfaces">1.1.1. Audio Interfaces</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-MIDI_Interfaces">1.1.2. MIDI Interfaces</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Card_Connections">1.2. Sound Card Connections</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Motherboard_Integrated">1.2.1. Integrated into the Motherboard</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-PCI_Sound_Cards">1.2.2. Internal PCI Connection</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_
Guide-FireWire_Sound_Cards">1.2.3. External FireWire Connection</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-USB_Sound_Cards">1.2.4. External USB Connection</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Choose_Sound_Card_Connection">1.2.5. Choosing a Connection Type</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Sample_Rate_and_Sample_Format">1.3. Sample, Sample Rate, Sample Format, and Bit Rate</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Sample">1.3.1. Sample</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Sample_Format">1.3.2. Sample Format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Sample_Rate">1.3.3. Sample Rate</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Bit_Rate">1.3.4. Bit Rate</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Bit_and_Sample_Rat
e_Conclusions">1.3.5. Conclusions</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary">1.4. Other Digital Audio Concepts</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary-MIDI_Sequencer">1.4.1. MIDI Sequencer</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary-Bus">1.4.2. Busses, Master Bus, and Sub-Master Bus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary-Level">1.4.3. Level (Volume/Loudness)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary-Panning_and_Balance">1.4.4. Panning and Balance</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary-Time">1.4.5. Time, Timeline, and Time-Shifting</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary-Synchronization">1.4.6. Synchronization</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Mus
icians_Guide-Vocabulary-Routing_and_Multiplexing">1.4.7. Routing and Multiplexing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Multichannel_Audio">1.4.8. Multichannel Audio</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-How_Computers_Deal_with_Hardware">2. Software for Sound Cards</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Servers-ALSA">2.1. How Linux Deals with Audio Hardware</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Servers_Section">2.2. Sound Servers</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Servers-PulseAudio">2.2.1. PulseAudio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Servers-JACK">2.2.2. JACK Audio Connection Kit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Servers-Phonon">2.2.3. Phonon</a></span></dt></dl></d
d><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Using_JACK">2.3. Using the JACK Audio Connection Kit</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Install_and_Configure_JACK">2.3.1. Installing and Configuring JACK</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Using_QjackCtl">2.3.2. Using QjackCtl</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Integrating_PulseAudio_with_JACK">2.3.3. Integrating PulseAudio with JACK</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-Real_Time_and_Low_Latency">3. Real-Time and Low Latency</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Low_Latency">3.1. Why Low Latency Is Desirable</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Processor_Scheduling">3.2. Processor Scheduling</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Real_Ti
me_Linux_Kernel">3.3. The Real-Time Linux Kernel</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Hard_and_Soft_Real_Time">3.4. Hard and Soft Real-Time</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Getting_Real_Time_Kernel_in_Fedora">3.5. Getting a Real-Time Kernel in Fedora Linux</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-Planet_CCRMA_at_Home">4. Planet CCRMA at Home</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-What_Is_Planet_CCRMA">4.1. About Planet CCRMA at Home</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Knowing_Whether_to_Use_Planet_CCRMA">4.2. Deciding Whether to Use Planet CCRMA at Home</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-CCRMA_Need_Exclusive_Software">4.2.1. Exclusive Software</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-CCRMA_Security_and_Stability
">4.2.2. Security and Stability</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-CCRMA_Best_Practices">4.2.3. A Possible "Best Practices" Solution</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Using_Planet_CCRMA_Software">4.3. Using Software from Planet CCRMA at Home</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-CCRMA_Installing_Repository">4.3.1. Installing the Planet CCRMA at Home Repositories</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-CCRMA_Repository_Priorities">4.3.2. Setting Repository Priorities</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-CCRMA_Preventing_Package_Updates">4.3.3. Preventing a Package from Being Updated</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div></div><div xml:lang="en-US" class="chapter" title="Chapter 1. Sound Cards and Digital Audio" id="chap-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Cards" lang="en-US"><div class="ti
tlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">Chapter 1. Sound Cards and Digital Audio</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-What_Sound_Cards_Are">1.1. Types of Sound Cards</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audio_Interfaces">1.1.1. Audio Interfaces</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-MIDI_Interfaces">1.1.2. MIDI Interfaces</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Card_Connections">1.2. Sound Card Connections</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Motherboard_Integrated">1.2.1. Integrated into the Motherboard</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-PCI_Sound_Cards">1.2.2. Internal PCI Connection</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FireWire_Sound_Cards">1.2.3. External FireWire Connection<
/a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-USB_Sound_Cards">1.2.4. External USB Connection</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Choose_Sound_Card_Connection">1.2.5. Choosing a Connection Type</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Sample_Rate_and_Sample_Format">1.3. Sample, Sample Rate, Sample Format, and Bit Rate</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Sample">1.3.1. Sample</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Sample_Format">1.3.2. Sample Format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Sample_Rate">1.3.3. Sample Rate</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Bit_Rate">1.3.4. Bit Rate</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Bit_and_Sample_Rate_Conclusions">1.3.5. Conclusions</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><
span class="section"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary">1.4. Other Digital Audio Concepts</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary-MIDI_Sequencer">1.4.1. MIDI Sequencer</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary-Bus">1.4.2. Busses, Master Bus, and Sub-Master Bus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary-Level">1.4.3. Level (Volume/Loudness)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary-Panning_and_Balance">1.4.4. Panning and Balance</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary-Time">1.4.5. Time, Timeline, and Time-Shifting</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary-Synchronization">1.4.6. Synchronization</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary-Routing_and_Multiplexing">1.4.7. Routing
and Multiplexing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Multichannel_Audio">1.4.8. Multichannel Audio</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
This chapter introduces the technical vocabulary used for computer audio hardware.
@@ -310,22 +310,24 @@ books_tests Desktop1 downloads images notes scripts svgs</pre><div cla
</div></li></ol></div>
</div><div class="para">
- With the default configuration of QjackCtl, it chooses the "default" sound card, which actually goes through the ALSA sound server. We can avoid this, and use the ALSA drivers without the sound server, which will help JACK to maintain accurately low latencies. The following procedure configures JACK to connect to the ALSA driver directly.
- <div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- In a terminal, run the following command: [pre]cat /proc/asound/cards[/pre]
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- The command will output a list of sound cards in your system, similar to this: [pre] 0 [SB ]: HDA-Intel - HDA ATI SB HDA ATI SB at 0xf7ff4000 irq 16 1 [MobilePre ]: USB-Audio - MobilePre M Audio MobilePre at usb-0000:00:13.0-2 [/pre] The left-most number is the sound card's number. The portion in square brackets is the name (these cards are called "SB" and "MobilePre").
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Identify your desired sound card in the list. If it's not in the list, then it's not currently detected and configured by your system.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Open the "QjackCtl" application, and press the 'Setup' button.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- In the "Interface" field, input the name of your preferred sound card with "hw:" in front. For example, with the sound card information posted above, you might write <code class="code">hw:MobilePre</code>
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- To save your settings, close "QjackCtl".
- </div></li></ol></div>
-
- </div></div><div class="section" title="2.3.2. Using QjackCtl" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Using_QjackCtl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Using_QjackCtl">2.3.2. Using QjackCtl</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+ With the default configuration of QjackCtl, it chooses the "default" sound card, which actually goes through the ALSA sound server. We can avoid this, and use the ALSA drivers without the sound server, which will help JACK to maintain accurately low latencies. The following procedure configures JACK to connect to the ALSA driver directly.
+ </div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step" title="Step 1"><div class="para">
+ Open a terminal. In GNOME, click on 'Applications > System > Terminal'. In KDE, click on the application launcher, then 'System > Konsole'.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 2"><div class="para">
+ Execute this command: "cat /proc/asound/cards".
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 3"><div class="para">
+ The <code class="code">cat</code> program outputs a list of sound cards in your computer, which looks similar to this list: [pre] 0 [SB ]: HDA-Intel - HDA ATI SB HDA ATI SB at 0xf7ff4000 irq 16 1 [MobilePre ]: USB-Audio - MobilePre M Audio MobilePre at usb-0000:00:13.0-2 [/pre] In this example output, the square brackets surround the name of the sound card. The names of the sound cards in this example output are <code class="code">SB</code> and <code class="code">MobilePre</code>.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 4"><div class="para">
+ Identify the name of the sound card that you want to use. If you do not see your sound card in the list outputted by <code class="code">cat</code>, then your Fedora does not detect it.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 5"><div class="para">
+ Start QjackCtl.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 6"><div class="para">
+ Open the "Setup" window by clicking 'Setup'.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 7"><div class="para">
+ In the 'Interface' text box, type the name of your preferred sound card with "hw:" in front. With the sound cards listed above, you might write <code class="code">hw:MobilePre</code>.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 8"><div class="para">
+ Save your settings by exiting QjackCtl. If you want to use JACK, restart QjackCtl.
+ </div></li></ol></div></div><div class="section" title="2.3.2. Using QjackCtl" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Using_QjackCtl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Using_QjackCtl">2.3.2. Using QjackCtl</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
The QjackCtl application offers many more features and configuration options. The patch bay is a notable feature, which lets users save configurations of the "Connections" window, and restore them later, to help avoid the lengthy set-up time that might be required in complicated routing and multiplexing situations.
</div><div class="para">
For more information on QjackCtl, you can refer to [http://www.64studio.com/manual/audio/jack this] web site.
@@ -478,9 +480,9 @@ books_tests Desktop1 downloads images notes scripts svgs</pre><div cla
Add the list of packages which you do not want to be updated to <code class="code">/etc/yum/pluginconf.d/versionlock.list</code>. Each package should go on its own line. For example: [pre]jack-audio-connect-kit-1.9.4 qjackctl-0.3.6[/pre]
</div></li></ol></div>
- </div></div></div></div></div><div class="part" title="Part II. Audio and Music Software" id="id708024"><div class="titlepage"><div><div text-align="center"><h1 class="title">Part II. Audio and Music Software</h1></div></div></div><div class="partintro" title="Audio and Music Software" id="id708030"><div></div><div class="para">
+ </div></div></div></div></div><div class="part" title="Part II. Audio and Music Software" id="id1688590"><div class="titlepage"><div><div text-align="center"><h1 class="title">Part II. Audio and Music Software</h1></div></div></div><div class="partintro" title="Audio and Music Software" id="id1688597"><div></div><div class="para">
asdf
- </div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-Audacity">5. Audacity</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Knowing_When_to_Use">5.1. Kowing When to Use Audacity</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Requirements_and_Installation">5.2. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Software_Requirements">5.2.1. Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Hardware_Requirements">5.2.2. Hardware Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation">5.2.3. Standard Installation</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation_with_RPM_Fusion">5.2.4. Installation with MP3 Support</a></span></d
t><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Playback">5.2.5. Post-Installation Testing: Playback</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Recording">5.2.6. Post-Installation Testing: Recording</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity_Configuration">5.3. Configuration</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-First_Use">5.3.1. The First Time You Use Audacity</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Configure_to_Use_Your_Hardware">5.3.2. Configuring Audacity to Use Your Hardware</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Setting_Sample_Rate_and_Format">5.3.3. Setting the Project's Sample Rate and Format</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Interface">5.4. The Interface</a><
/span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial">5.5. Creating a New Login Sound (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Files">5.5.1. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Scenrario">5.5.2. Scenario</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Inspiration">5.5.3. Inspiration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Starting_Out">5.5.4. Starting Out</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Continuing_to_Record">5.5.5. Continuing to Record</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Aligning_Tracks">5.5.6. Aligning Tracks</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-S
tretching_Tracks">5.5.7. Stretching Tracks</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Adjusting_Volume_and_Removing_Noise">5.5.8. Adjusting a Track's Volume, and Removing Noise</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Removing_Audio">5.5.9. Removing a Portion of Audio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Repeating_a_Segment">5.5.10. Repeating an Already-Recorded Segment</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Using_the_Phaser">5.5.11. Add a Silly Effect: Using the Phaser</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Further_Comments">5.5.12. Further Comments</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Saving_and_Exporting">5.6. Saving and Exporting</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="se
ction"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Exporting_Part_of_a_File">5.6.1. Exporting Part of a File</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Exporting_a_Whole_File">5.6.2. Exporting a Whole File</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-Digital_Audio_Workstations">6. Digital Audio Workstations</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Knowing_Which_DAW_to_Use">6.1. Knowing Which DAW to Use</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Stages_of_Recording">6.2. Stages of Recording</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Recording">6.2.1. Recording</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Mixing">6.2.2. Mixing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Mastering">6.2.3. Mastering</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a
href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Record_Mix_Master_More_Info">6.2.4. More Information</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_Interface_Vocabulary">6.3. Interface Vocabulary</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Session">6.3.1. Session</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Track_and_Multitrack">6.3.2. Track and Multitrack</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Region_Clip_Segment">6.3.3. Region, Clip, or Segment</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Session_Track_Region">6.3.4. Relationship of Session, Track, and Region</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Transport_and_Playhead">6.3.5. Transport and Playhead</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Automation">6.3.6. Automation</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"
><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_User_Interface">6.4. User Interface</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Messages_Pane">6.4.1. "Messages" Pane</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_Clock">6.4.2. Clock</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Track_Info_Pane">6.4.3. "Track Info" Pane</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Track_Pane">6.4.4. "Track" Pane</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_Transport_Controls">6.4.5. Transport Controls</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-Ardour">7. Ardour</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Requirements_and_Installation">7.1. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Knowledge_Req
uirements">7.1.1. Knowledge Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Software_Requirements">7.1.2. Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Hardware_Requirements">7.1.3. Hardware Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Installation">7.1.4. Installation</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording_a_Session">7.2. Recording a Session</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Running_Ardour">7.2.1. Running Ardour</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Interface">7.2.2. The Interface</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Setting_up_the_Timeline">7.2.3. Setting up the Timeline</a></span></dt><dt><span class="secti
on"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Connecting_Audio_Sources">7.2.4. Connecting Audio Sources to Ardour</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Setting_up_Busses_and_Tracks">7.2.5. Setting up the Busses and Tracks</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Adjusting_Recording_Level">7.2.6. Adjusting Recording Level (Volume)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Recording_a_Region">7.2.7. Recording a Region</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Recording_More">7.2.8. Recording More</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Routing_Audio">7.2.9. Routing Audio and Managing JACK Connections</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Importing_Existing_Audio">7.2.10. Importing Ex
isting Audio</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Tutorial_Files">7.3. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing">7.4. Editing a Song (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Add_Tracks_and_Busses">7.4.1. Add Tracks and Busses</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Connect_Tracks_and_Busses">7.4.2. Connect the Tracks and Busses</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Edit_Groups">7.4.3. Creating Edit Groups</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Add_Regions_to_Tracks">7.4.4. Add Regions to Tracks</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Cut_Regions_Down_to_Size">7.4.5. Cut the Regions Down to Size</a></span>
</dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Compare_Multiple_Recordings">7.4.6. Compare Multiple Recordings of the Same Thing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Arrange">7.4.7. Arrange Regions into the Right Places</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Listen">7.4.8. Listen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing">7.5. Mixing a Song (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing-Enabling_Stereo_Output">7.5.1. Setting the Session for Stereo Output and Disabling Edit Groups</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing-Set_Initial_Levels">7.5.2. Set Initial Levels</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing-Set_Initial_Panning">7.5.3. Set Initial Pannin
g</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing-Automation_Tracks">7.5.4. Make Further Adjustments with an Automation Track</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing-Other_Things">7.5.5. Other Things You Might Want to Do</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing-Listen">7.5.6. Listen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mastering">7.6. Mastering a Session</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mastering-Ways_to_Export">7.6.1. Ways to Export Audio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mastering-Using_Export_Window">7.6.2. Using the Export Window</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor">8. Qtractor</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a hre
f="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Requirements_and_Installation">8.1. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Knowledge_Requirements">8.1.1. Knowledge Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Software_Requirements">8.1.2. Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Hardware_Requirements">8.1.3. Hardware Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Other_Requirements">8.1.4. Other Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Installation">8.1.5. Installation</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Configuration">8.2. Configuration</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Configuration-Audio_Tab"
>8.2.1. Audio Options</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Configuration-MIDI_Tab">8.2.2. MIDI Options</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Configuration-MIDI_Channel_Names">8.2.3. Configuring MIDI Channel Names</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Using">8.3. Using Qtractor</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Using-Blue_Place_Markers">8.3.1. Using the Blue Place-Markers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Using-MIDI_Tools">8.3.2. Using the MIDI Matrix Editor's Tools</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Using-JACK">8.3.3. Using JACK with Qtractor</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Using-Exporting_Audio_and_MIDI_Together">8.3.4. Exporting a Whole File
(Audio and MIDI Together)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Using-Tips">8.3.5. Miscellaneous Tips</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial">8.4. Creating a MIDI Composition (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Inspiration">8.4.1. Inspiration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Requirements">8.4.2. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Getting_Qtractor_Ready">8.4.3. Getting Qtractor Ready</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Import_the_Audio_File">8.4.4. Import the Audio File</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Marking_the_First_Formal_Area">8.4.5. Marking the First For
mal Area</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Creating_our_Theme">8.4.6. Creating our Theme</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Repeat_the_Theme">8.4.7. Repeat the Theme</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Compose_the_Next_Part">8.4.8. Compose the Next Part</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_52_to_75">8.4.9. Qtractor's Measures 52 to 75</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_75_to_97">8.4.10. Qtractor's Measures 75 to 97</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measure_97">8.4.11. Qtractor's Measure 97</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_98_to_119">8.4.12. Qtractor's Measures 98 to 119
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_119_to_139">8.4.13. Qtractor's Measures 119 to 139</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_139_to_158">8.4.14. Qtractor's Measures 139 to 158</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_158_to_176">8.4.15. Qtractor's Measures 158 to 176</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_177_to_the_End">8.4.16. Qtractor's Measures 177 to the End</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden">9. Rosegarden</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Requirements_and_Installation">9.1. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Knowledge_Requ
irements">9.1.1. Knowledge Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Software_Requirements">9.1.2. Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Hardware_Requirements">9.1.3. Hardware Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Other_Requirements">9.1.4. Other Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Installation">9.1.5. Installation</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Configuration">9.2. Configuration</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Configuration-JACK_and_Qsynth">9.2.1. Setup JACK and Qsynth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Configuration-Rosegarden">9.2.2. Setup Rosegarden</a></span></dt></dl></
dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden_and_LilyPond">9.3. Rosegarden and LilyPond</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Tutorial">9.4. Write a Song in Rosegarden (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Tutorial-Bass_Line">9.4.1. Start the Score with a Bass Line</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Tutorial-Percussion_Track">9.4.2. Add a Percussion Track</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Tutorial-Spice_up_the_Percussion">9.4.3. Spice up the Percussion</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Tutorial-Melody">9.4.4. Add a Melody</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Tutorial-Ways_to_Continue">9.4.5. Possible Ways to Continue</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><d
t><span class="chapter"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth">10. FluidSynth</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-SoundFont_Technology_and_MIDI">10.1. SoundFont Technology and MIDI</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-How_to_Get_a_SoundFont">10.1.1. How to Get a SoundFont</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-MIDI_Terms">10.1.2. MIDI Instruments, Banks, Programs, and Patches</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-MIDI_Channels">10.1.3. MIDI Channels</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Requirements_and_Installation">10.2. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Req_and_Inst-Software_Requirements">10.2.1. Software Requirements</a></span></dt><
dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Req_and_Inst-Installation">10.2.2. Thare Are Two Ways to Install FluidSynth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Req_and_Inst-Installation_with_Qsynth">10.2.3. Installation with Qsynth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Req_and_Inst-Installation_without_Qsynth">10.2.4. Installation without Qsynth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Req_and_Inst-">10.2.5. Installation of SoundFont Files</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-In_a_Terminal">10.3. Using FluidSynth in a Terminal</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Configuring">10.4. Configuring Qsynth</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Configuring-Starting_FluidSynth">10
.4.1. Starting FluidSynth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Configuring-SoundFont">10.4.2. SoundFont Configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Configuring-JACK_Output">10.4.3. JACK Output Configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Configuring-MIDI_Input">10.4.4. MIDI Input Configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Configuring-Viewing_all_Settings">10.4.5. Viewing all FluidSynth Settings</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Assigning_Programs_to_Channels">10.5. Assigning Programs to Channels with Qsynth</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Changing_Number_of_Input_Channels">10.5.1. Changing the Number of MIDI Input Channels</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sec
tion"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Saving_and_Reusing_Channel_Assignments">10.5.2. Saving and Reusing Channel Assignments</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Reverb_and_Chorus">10.6. Using Reverb and Chorus with Qsynth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Multiple_Instances">10.7. Multiple FluidSynth Instances with Qsynth</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-SuperCollider">11. SuperCollider</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Technical_Convetions">11.1. Technical Conventions for This Chapter</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Requirements_and_Installation">11.2. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Req_and_Inst-Knowledge">11.2.1. Knowledge Requirements</a><
/span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Req_and_Inst-Software_Requirements">11.2.2. Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Req_and_Inst-Hardware_Requirements">11.2.3. Hardware Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-SC-Req_and_Inst-Available_Packages">11.2.4. Available SuperCollider Packages</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Req_and_Inst-Recommended_Installation">11.2.5. Recommended Installation</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Using_GEdit">11.3. Using GEdit to Write and Run SuperCollider Programs</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Using_GEdit-Enable_and_Configure_SCEd">11.3.1. Enable and Configure SCEd in GEdit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Using_GEdit-Star
t_a_Server">11.3.2. Enable SuperCollider Mode and Start a Server</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Using_GEdit-Executing_Code">11.3.3. Executing Code in GEdit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Using_GEdit-Other_Tips">11.3.4. Other Tips for Using GEdit with SuperCollider</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SuperCollider-Basic_Programming">11.4. Basic Programming in SuperCollider</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-First_Steps">11.4.1. First Steps</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Variables_and_Functions">11.4.2. Variables and Functions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Object_Oriented">11.4.3. Object-Oriented SuperCollider</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href
="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Sound_Making_Functions">11.4.4. Sound-Making Functions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Multichannel_Audio">11.4.5. Multichannel Audio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Collections">11.4.6. Collections</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Repeating">11.4.7. Repeated Execution</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Conditional_Execution">11.4.8. Conditional Execution</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Combining_and_Mix">11.4.9. Combining Audio; the Mix Class</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-SynthDef_and_Synth">11.4.10. SynthDef and Synth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec
t-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Busses">11.4.11. Busses</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Ordering_and_Other_Features">11.4.12. Ordering and Other Synth Features</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Scheduling">11.4.13. Scheduling</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Getting_Help">11.4.14. How to Get Help</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Legal_Attribution">11.4.15. Legal Attribution</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SuperCollider-Composing">11.5. Composing with SuperCollider</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Tutorial_Files">11.5.1. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composin
g-Inspiration">11.5.2. Inspiration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Designing_the_First_Part">11.5.3. Designing the First Part</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Designing_the_Second_Part">11.5.4. Designing the Second Part</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Creating_Ten_Pseudo-Random-Tones">11.5.5. Creating Ten Pseudo-Random Tones</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Scheduling_the_Tones">11.5.6. Scheduling the Tones</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Optimizing_the_Code">11.5.7. Optimizing the Code</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Making_a_Useful_Function_Out_of_the_Second_Part">11.5.8. Making a Useful Section out of the Second Part</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a h
ref="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Joining_the_Two_Parts">11.5.9. Joining the Two Parts</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SuperCollider-Exporting">11.6. Exporting Sound Files</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Non_Real_Time_Synthesis">11.6.1. Non-Real-Time Synthesis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Recording_SuperColliders_Output">11.6.2. Recording SuperCollider's Output (Tutorial)</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond">12. LilyPond</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-How_LilyPond_Works">12.1. How LilyPond Works</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-The_LilyPond_Approach">12.2. The LilyPond Approach</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond
-Installation">12.3. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax">12.4. LilyPond Basics</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Letters_Are_Pitches">12.4.1. Letters Are Pitches</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Numbers_Are_Durations">12.4.2. Numbers Are Durations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Articulations">12.4.3. Articulations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Simultaneity">12.4.4. Simultaneity</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Chords">12.4.5. Chords</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Commands">12.4.6. Commands</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_G
uide-LilyPond-Syntax-Source_Files">12.4.7. Source Files and Their Formatting</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Avoiding_Errors">12.4.8. Avoiding Errors</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Counterpoint">12.5. Working on a Counterpoint Exercise (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Counterpoint-Tutorial_Files">12.5.1. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Counterpoint-Starting_the_Score">12.5.2. Starting the Score</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Counterpoint-Adjusting_Frescobaldis_Output">12.5.3. Adjusting Frescobaldi's Output</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Counterpoint-Inputting">12.5.4. Inputting</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href=
"#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Counterpoint-Formatting_the_Score">12.5.5. Formatting the Score</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Orchestra">12.6. Working on an Orchestral Score (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Orchestra-Tutorial_Files">12.6.1. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Orchestra-Starting_the_Score">12.6.2. Starting the Score</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Orchestra-Adjusting_Frescobaldis_Output">12.6.3. Adjusting Frescobaldi's Output</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Orchestra-Inputting">12.6.4. Inputting</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano">12.7. Working on a Piano Score (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class
="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano-Tutorial_Files">12.7.1. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano-Starting_the_Score">12.7.2. Starting the Score</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano-Adjusting_Frescobaldis_Output">12.7.3. Adjusting Frescobaldi's Output</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano-Inputting">12.7.4. Inputting</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano-Troubleshooting_Errors">12.7.5. Troubleshooting Errors</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano-Formatting">12.7.6. Formatting the Score (Piano Dynamics)</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-Frescobaldi">13. Frescobaldi</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musici
ans_Guide-Frescobaldi-Makes_LilyPond_Easier">13.1. Frescobaldi Makes LilyPond Easier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Frescobaldi-Installation">13.2. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Frescobaldi-Configuration">13.3. Configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Frescobaldi-Using">13.4. Using Frescobaldi</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-Solfege">14. GNU Solfege</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Requirements_and_Installation">14.1. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Hardware_and_Software_Requirements">14.1.1. Hardware and Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Other_Requirements">14.1.2. Other R
equirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Install">14.1.3. Required Installation</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Install_Csound">14.1.4. Optional Installation: Csound</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Install_MMA">14.1.5. Optionsl Installation: MMA</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration">14.2. Configuration</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration-First_Time">14.2.1. When You Run Solfege for the First Time</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration-Instruments">14.2.2. Instruments</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration-External_Programs">14.2.3. External Programs</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a
href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration-Interface">14.2.4. Interface</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration-Practise">14.2.5. Practise</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration-Sound_Setup">14.2.6. Sound Setup</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Training">14.3. Training Yourself</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Training-Aural_Skilla_and_Musical_Sensibility">14.3.1. Aural Skills and Musical Sensibility</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Training-Exercise_Types">14.3.2. Exercise Types</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Training-Making_an_Aural_Skills_Program">14.3.3. Making an Aural Skills Program</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Gui
de-Solfege-Training-Supplementary_References">14.3.4. Supplementary References</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Using_the_Exercises">14.4. Using the Exercises</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Listening_Exercises">14.4.1. Listening</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Singing_Exercises">14.4.2. Singing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Configure_Yourself_Exericses">14.4.3. Configure Yourself</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Rhythm_Exercises">14.4.4. Rhythm</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Dictation_Exercises">14.4.5. Dictation</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Harmonic_Progressions">14.4.6. Harmonic Progressions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a h
ref="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Intonation">14.4.7. Intonation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div></div><div xml:lang="en-US" class="chapter" title="Chapter 5. Audacity" id="chap-Musicians_Guide-Audacity" lang="en-US"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">Chapter 5. Audacity</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Knowing_When_to_Use">5.1. Kowing When to Use Audacity</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Requirements_and_Installation">5.2. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Software_Requirements">5.2.1. Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Hardware_Requirements">5.2.2. Hardware Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation">5.2
.3. Standard Installation</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation_with_RPM_Fusion">5.2.4. Installation with MP3 Support</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Playback">5.2.5. Post-Installation Testing: Playback</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Recording">5.2.6. Post-Installation Testing: Recording</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity_Configuration">5.3. Configuration</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-First_Use">5.3.1. The First Time You Use Audacity</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Configure_to_Use_Your_Hardware">5.3.2. Configuring Audacity to Use Your Hardware</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Setting_Sample_Rate_an
d_Format">5.3.3. Setting the Project's Sample Rate and Format</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Interface">5.4. The Interface</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial">5.5. Creating a New Login Sound (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Files">5.5.1. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Scenrario">5.5.2. Scenario</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Inspiration">5.5.3. Inspiration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Starting_Out">5.5.4. Starting Out</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Continuing_to_Record">5.5.5. Continuing to Record</a></span></dt><dt><span class="se
ction"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Aligning_Tracks">5.5.6. Aligning Tracks</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Stretching_Tracks">5.5.7. Stretching Tracks</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Adjusting_Volume_and_Removing_Noise">5.5.8. Adjusting a Track's Volume, and Removing Noise</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Removing_Audio">5.5.9. Removing a Portion of Audio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Repeating_a_Segment">5.5.10. Repeating an Already-Recorded Segment</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Using_the_Phaser">5.5.11. Add a Silly Effect: Using the Phaser</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Further_Comments">5.5.12. Further Com
ments</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Saving_and_Exporting">5.6. Saving and Exporting</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Exporting_Part_of_a_File">5.6.1. Exporting Part of a File</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Exporting_a_Whole_File">5.6.2. Exporting a Whole File</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+ </div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-Audacity">5. Audacity</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Knowing_When_to_Use">5.1. Kowing When to Use Audacity</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Requirements_and_Installation">5.2. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Software_Requirements">5.2.1. Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Hardware_Requirements">5.2.2. Hardware Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation">5.2.3. Standard Installation</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation_with_RPM_Fusion">5.2.4. Installation with MP3 Support</a></span></d
t><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Playback">5.2.5. Post-Installation Test: Playback</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Recording">5.2.6. Post-Installation Test: Recording</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity_Configuration">5.3. Configuration</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-First_Use">5.3.1. When You Run Audacity for the First Time</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Configure_to_Use_Your_Hardware">5.3.2. Configuring Audacity for Your Sound Card</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Setting_Sample_Rate_and_Format">5.3.3. Setting the Project's Sample Rate and Format</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Interface">5.4. The Interface</a
></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Recording">5.5. Recording</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Recording-Start_to_Record">5.5.1. Start to Record</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Recording-Continuing_to_Record">5.5.2. Continue to Record</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial">5.6. Creating a New Login Sound (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Files">5.6.1. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Scenario">5.6.2. Scenario</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Aligning_Tracks">5.6.3. Align Tracks</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tut
orial-Stretching_Tracks">5.6.4. Stretching Tracks</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Adjust_Volume_Level">5.6.5. Adjust the Volume Level</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Remove_Noise">5.6.6. Remove Noise</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Fade_Out">5.6.7. Fade In or Out</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Removing_Audio">5.6.8. Remove Some Audio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Repeating_a_Segment">5.6.9. Repeat an Already-Recorded Segment</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Using_the_Phaser">5.6.10. Add a Special Effect (the Phaser)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Conclusion">5.6.11. Conclus
ion</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Save_and_Export">5.7. Save and Export</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Exporting_Part_of_a_File">5.7.1. Export Part of a File</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Exporting_a_Whole_File">5.7.2. Export a Whole File</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-Digital_Audio_Workstations">6. Digital Audio Workstations</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Knowing_Which_DAW_to_Use">6.1. Knowing Which DAW to Use</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Stages_of_Recording">6.2. Stages of Recording</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Recording">6.2.1. Recording</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Gu
ide-Mixing">6.2.2. Mixing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Mastering">6.2.3. Mastering</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Record_Mix_Master_More_Info">6.2.4. More Information</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_Interface_Vocabulary">6.3. Interface Vocabulary</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Session">6.3.1. Session</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Track_and_Multitrack">6.3.2. Track and Multitrack</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Region_Clip_Segment">6.3.3. Region, Clip, or Segment</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Session_Track_Region">6.3.4. Relationship of Session, Track, and Region</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Transport_and_Playhead">6.3.5. Transp
ort and Playhead</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Automation">6.3.6. Automation</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_User_Interface">6.4. User Interface</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Messages_Pane">6.4.1. "Messages" Pane</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_Clock">6.4.2. Clock</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Track_Info_Pane">6.4.3. "Track Info" Pane</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Track_Pane">6.4.4. "Track" Pane</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_Transport_Controls">6.4.5. Transport Controls</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-Ardour">7. Ardour</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardo
ur-Requirements_and_Installation">7.1. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Knowledge_Requirements">7.1.1. Knowledge Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Software_Requirements">7.1.2. Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Hardware_Requirements">7.1.3. Hardware Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Installation">7.1.4. Installation</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording_a_Session">7.2. Recording a Session</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Running_Ardour">7.2.1. Running Ardour</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Interface">7.2.2. The Interface</a></span></d
t><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Setting_up_the_Timeline">7.2.3. Setting up the Timeline</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Connecting_Audio_Sources">7.2.4. Connecting Audio Sources to Ardour</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Setting_up_Busses_and_Tracks">7.2.5. Setting up the Busses and Tracks</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Adjusting_Recording_Level">7.2.6. Adjusting Recording Level (Volume)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Recording_a_Region">7.2.7. Recording a Region</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Recording_More">7.2.8. Recording More</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Routing_Audio">7.2.9. Routing Au
dio and Managing JACK Connections</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Importing_Existing_Audio">7.2.10. Importing Existing Audio</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Tutorial_Files">7.3. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing">7.4. Editing a Song (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Add_Tracks_and_Busses">7.4.1. Add Tracks and Busses</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Connect_Tracks_and_Busses">7.4.2. Connect the Tracks and Busses</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Edit_Groups">7.4.3. Creating Edit Groups</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Add_Regions_to_Tracks">7.4.4. Add Regions
to Tracks</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Cut_Regions_Down_to_Size">7.4.5. Cut the Regions Down to Size</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Compare_Multiple_Recordings">7.4.6. Compare Multiple Recordings of the Same Thing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Arrange">7.4.7. Arrange Regions into the Right Places</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Listen">7.4.8. Listen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing">7.5. Mixing a Song (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing-Enabling_Stereo_Output">7.5.1. Setting the Session for Stereo Output and Disabling Edit Groups</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing-Set_Initi
al_Levels">7.5.2. Set Initial Levels</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing-Set_Initial_Panning">7.5.3. Set Initial Panning</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing-Automation_Tracks">7.5.4. Make Further Adjustments with an Automation Track</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing-Other_Things">7.5.5. Other Things You Might Want to Do</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing-Listen">7.5.6. Listen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mastering">7.6. Mastering a Session</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mastering-Ways_to_Export">7.6.1. Ways to Export Audio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mastering-Using_Export_Window">7.6.2. Using the Export Window<
/a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor">8. Qtractor</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Requirements_and_Installation">8.1. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Knowledge_Requirements">8.1.1. Knowledge Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Software_Requirements">8.1.2. Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Hardware_Requirements">8.1.3. Hardware Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Other_Requirements">8.1.4. Other Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Installation">8.1.5. Installation</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Mus
icians_Guide-Qtractor-Configuration">8.2. Configuration</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Configuration-Audio_Tab">8.2.1. Audio Options</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Configuration-MIDI_Tab">8.2.2. MIDI Options</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Configuration-MIDI_Channel_Names">8.2.3. Configuring MIDI Channel Names</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Using">8.3. Using Qtractor</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Using-Blue_Place_Markers">8.3.1. Using the Blue Place-Markers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Using-MIDI_Tools">8.3.2. Using the MIDI Matrix Editor's Tools</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Using-JACK">8.3.3. Using JA
CK with Qtractor</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Using-Exporting_Audio_and_MIDI_Together">8.3.4. Exporting a Whole File (Audio and MIDI Together)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Using-Tips">8.3.5. Miscellaneous Tips</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial">8.4. Creating a MIDI Composition (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Inspiration">8.4.1. Inspiration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Requirements">8.4.2. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Getting_Qtractor_Ready">8.4.3. Getting Qtractor Ready</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Import_the_Audio_File">8.4.4. Im
port the Audio File</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Marking_the_First_Formal_Area">8.4.5. Marking the First Formal Area</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Creating_our_Theme">8.4.6. Creating our Theme</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Repeat_the_Theme">8.4.7. Repeat the Theme</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Compose_the_Next_Part">8.4.8. Compose the Next Part</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_52_to_75">8.4.9. Qtractor's Measures 52 to 75</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_75_to_97">8.4.10. Qtractor's Measures 75 to 97</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measure_97">8.4.11.
Qtractor's Measure 97</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_98_to_119">8.4.12. Qtractor's Measures 98 to 119</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_119_to_139">8.4.13. Qtractor's Measures 119 to 139</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_139_to_158">8.4.14. Qtractor's Measures 139 to 158</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_158_to_176">8.4.15. Qtractor's Measures 158 to 176</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_177_to_the_End">8.4.16. Qtractor's Measures 177 to the End</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden">9. Rosegarden</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Re
quirements_and_Installation">9.1. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Knowledge_Requirements">9.1.1. Knowledge Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Software_Requirements">9.1.2. Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Hardware_Requirements">9.1.3. Hardware Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Other_Requirements">9.1.4. Other Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Installation">9.1.5. Installation</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Configuration">9.2. Configuration</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Configuration-JACK_and_Qsynth">9.2.1. Setup JA
CK and Qsynth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Configuration-Rosegarden">9.2.2. Setup Rosegarden</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden_and_LilyPond">9.3. Rosegarden and LilyPond</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Tutorial">9.4. Write a Song in Rosegarden (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Tutorial-Bass_Line">9.4.1. Start the Score with a Bass Line</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Tutorial-Percussion_Track">9.4.2. Add a Percussion Track</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Tutorial-Spice_up_the_Percussion">9.4.3. Spice up the Percussion</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Tutorial-Melody">9.4.4. Add a Melody</a></span><
/dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Tutorial-Ways_to_Continue">9.4.5. Possible Ways to Continue</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth">10. FluidSynth</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-SoundFont_Technology_and_MIDI">10.1. SoundFont Technology and MIDI</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-How_to_Get_a_SoundFont">10.1.1. How to Get a SoundFont</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-MIDI_Terms">10.1.2. MIDI Instruments, Banks, Programs, and Patches</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-MIDI_Channels">10.1.3. MIDI Channels</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Requirements_and_Installation">10.2. Requirements and Installation</a><
/span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Req_and_Inst-Software_Requirements">10.2.1. Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Req_and_Inst-Installation">10.2.2. Thare Are Two Ways to Install FluidSynth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Req_and_Inst-Installation_with_Qsynth">10.2.3. Installation with Qsynth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Req_and_Inst-Installation_without_Qsynth">10.2.4. Installation without Qsynth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Req_and_Inst-">10.2.5. Installation of SoundFont Files</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-In_a_Terminal">10.3. Using FluidSynth in a Terminal</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidS
ynth-Configuring">10.4. Configuring Qsynth</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Configuring-Starting_FluidSynth">10.4.1. Starting FluidSynth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Configuring-SoundFont">10.4.2. SoundFont Configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Configuring-JACK_Output">10.4.3. JACK Output Configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Configuring-MIDI_Input">10.4.4. MIDI Input Configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Configuring-Viewing_all_Settings">10.4.5. Viewing all FluidSynth Settings</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Assigning_Programs_to_Channels">10.5. Assigning Programs to Channels with Qsynth</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sec
tion"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Changing_Number_of_Input_Channels">10.5.1. Changing the Number of MIDI Input Channels</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Saving_and_Reusing_Channel_Assignments">10.5.2. Saving and Reusing Channel Assignments</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Reverb_and_Chorus">10.6. Using Reverb and Chorus with Qsynth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Multiple_Instances">10.7. Multiple FluidSynth Instances with Qsynth</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-SuperCollider">11. SuperCollider</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Technical_Convetions">11.1. Technical Conventions for This Chapter</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Requirements_and_Installation">11.2. Req
uirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Req_and_Inst-Knowledge">11.2.1. Knowledge Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Req_and_Inst-Software_Requirements">11.2.2. Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Req_and_Inst-Hardware_Requirements">11.2.3. Hardware Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-SC-Req_and_Inst-Available_Packages">11.2.4. Available SuperCollider Packages</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Req_and_Inst-Recommended_Installation">11.2.5. Recommended Installation</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Using_GEdit">11.3. Using GEdit to Write and Run SuperCollider Programs</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Usin
g_GEdit-Enable_and_Configure_SCEd">11.3.1. Enable and Configure SCEd in GEdit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Using_GEdit-Start_a_Server">11.3.2. Enable SuperCollider Mode and Start a Server</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Using_GEdit-Executing_Code">11.3.3. Executing Code in GEdit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Using_GEdit-Other_Tips">11.3.4. Other Tips for Using GEdit with SuperCollider</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SuperCollider-Basic_Programming">11.4. Basic Programming in SuperCollider</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-First_Steps">11.4.1. First Steps</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Variables_and_Functions">11.4.2. Variables and Functions</a></span></dt><dt><span cl
ass="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Object_Oriented">11.4.3. Object-Oriented SuperCollider</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Sound_Making_Functions">11.4.4. Sound-Making Functions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Multichannel_Audio">11.4.5. Multichannel Audio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Collections">11.4.6. Collections</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Repeating">11.4.7. Repeated Execution</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Conditional_Execution">11.4.8. Conditional Execution</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Combining_and_Mix">11.4.9. Combining Audio; the Mix Class</a></span></dt><dt><span c
lass="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-SynthDef_and_Synth">11.4.10. SynthDef and Synth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Busses">11.4.11. Busses</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Ordering_and_Other_Features">11.4.12. Ordering and Other Synth Features</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Scheduling">11.4.13. Scheduling</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Getting_Help">11.4.14. How to Get Help</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Legal_Attribution">11.4.15. Legal Attribution</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SuperCollider-Composing">11.5. Composing with SuperCollider</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a hr
ef="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Tutorial_Files">11.5.1. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Inspiration">11.5.2. Inspiration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Designing_the_First_Part">11.5.3. Designing the First Part</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Designing_the_Second_Part">11.5.4. Designing the Second Part</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Creating_Ten_Pseudo-Random-Tones">11.5.5. Creating Ten Pseudo-Random Tones</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Scheduling_the_Tones">11.5.6. Scheduling the Tones</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Optimizing_the_Code">11.5.7. Optimizing the Code</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians
_Guide-SC-Composing-Making_a_Useful_Function_Out_of_the_Second_Part">11.5.8. Making a Useful Section out of the Second Part</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Joining_the_Two_Parts">11.5.9. Joining the Two Parts</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SuperCollider-Exporting">11.6. Exporting Sound Files</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Non_Real_Time_Synthesis">11.6.1. Non-Real-Time Synthesis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Recording_SuperColliders_Output">11.6.2. Recording SuperCollider's Output (Tutorial)</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond">12. LilyPond</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-How_LilyPond_Works">12.1. How LilyPond Works</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a
href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-The_LilyPond_Approach">12.2. The LilyPond Approach</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Installation">12.3. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax">12.4. LilyPond Basics</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Letters_Are_Pitches">12.4.1. Letters Are Pitches</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Numbers_Are_Durations">12.4.2. Numbers Are Durations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Articulations">12.4.3. Articulations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Simultaneity">12.4.4. Simultaneity</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Chords">12.4.5. Chords</a></span></d
t><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Commands">12.4.6. Commands</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Source_Files">12.4.7. Source Files and Their Formatting</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Avoiding_Errors">12.4.8. Avoiding Errors</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Counterpoint">12.5. Working on a Counterpoint Exercise (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Counterpoint-Tutorial_Files">12.5.1. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Counterpoint-Starting_the_Score">12.5.2. Starting the Score</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Counterpoint-Adjusting_Frescobaldis_Output">12.5.3. Adjusting Frescobaldi's Output</a>
</span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Counterpoint-Inputting">12.5.4. Inputting</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Counterpoint-Formatting_the_Score">12.5.5. Formatting the Score</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Orchestra">12.6. Working on an Orchestral Score (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Orchestra-Tutorial_Files">12.6.1. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Orchestra-Starting_the_Score">12.6.2. Starting the Score</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Orchestra-Adjusting_Frescobaldis_Output">12.6.3. Adjusting Frescobaldi's Output</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Orchestra-Inputting">12.6.4. Inputting</a></span
></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano">12.7. Working on a Piano Score (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano-Tutorial_Files">12.7.1. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano-Starting_the_Score">12.7.2. Starting the Score</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano-Adjusting_Frescobaldis_Output">12.7.3. Adjusting Frescobaldi's Output</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano-Inputting">12.7.4. Inputting</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano-Troubleshooting_Errors">12.7.5. Troubleshooting Errors</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano-Formatting">12.7.6. Formatting the Score (Piano Dynamics)</a></span></dt></dl></
dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-Frescobaldi">13. Frescobaldi</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Frescobaldi-Makes_LilyPond_Easier">13.1. Frescobaldi Makes LilyPond Easier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Frescobaldi-Installation">13.2. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Frescobaldi-Configuration">13.3. Configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Frescobaldi-Using">13.4. Using Frescobaldi</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#chap-Musicians_Guide-Solfege">14. GNU Solfege</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Requirements_and_Installation">14.1. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Hardware_and_Software_Req
uirements">14.1.1. Hardware and Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Other_Requirements">14.1.2. Other Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Install">14.1.3. Required Installation</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Install_Csound">14.1.4. Optional Installation: Csound</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Install_MMA">14.1.5. Optionsl Installation: MMA</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration">14.2. Configuration</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration-First_Time">14.2.1. When You Run Solfege for the First Time</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration-Instruments">14.2.2. Instruments</a></span></d
t><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration-External_Programs">14.2.3. External Programs</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration-Interface">14.2.4. Interface</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration-Practise">14.2.5. Practise</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration-Sound_Setup">14.2.6. Sound Setup</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Training">14.3. Training Yourself</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Training-Aural_Skilla_and_Musical_Sensibility">14.3.1. Aural Skills and Musical Sensibility</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Training-Exercise_Types">14.3.2. Exercise Types</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musi
cians_Guide-Solfege-Training-Making_an_Aural_Skills_Program">14.3.3. Making an Aural Skills Program</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Training-Supplementary_References">14.3.4. Supplementary References</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Using_the_Exercises">14.4. Using the Exercises</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Listening_Exercises">14.4.1. Listening</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Singing_Exercises">14.4.2. Singing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Configure_Yourself_Exericses">14.4.3. Configure Yourself</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Rhythm_Exercises">14.4.4. Rhythm</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Dictation_Exercises">14.4.5. Dictation</a></span
></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Harmonic_Progressions">14.4.6. Harmonic Progressions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Intonation">14.4.7. Intonation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div></div><div xml:lang="en-US" class="chapter" title="Chapter 5. Audacity" id="chap-Musicians_Guide-Audacity" lang="en-US"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">Chapter 5. Audacity</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Knowing_When_to_Use">5.1. Kowing When to Use Audacity</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Requirements_and_Installation">5.2. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Software_Requirements">5.2.1. Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musici
ans_Guide-Audacity-Hardware_Requirements">5.2.2. Hardware Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation">5.2.3. Standard Installation</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation_with_RPM_Fusion">5.2.4. Installation with MP3 Support</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Playback">5.2.5. Post-Installation Test: Playback</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Recording">5.2.6. Post-Installation Test: Recording</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity_Configuration">5.3. Configuration</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-First_Use">5.3.1. When You Run Audacity for the First Time</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Configure_to
_Use_Your_Hardware">5.3.2. Configuring Audacity for Your Sound Card</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Setting_Sample_Rate_and_Format">5.3.3. Setting the Project's Sample Rate and Format</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Interface">5.4. The Interface</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Recording">5.5. Recording</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Recording-Start_to_Record">5.5.1. Start to Record</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Recording-Continuing_to_Record">5.5.2. Continue to Record</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial">5.6. Creating a New Login Sound (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Files">5
.6.1. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Scenario">5.6.2. Scenario</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Aligning_Tracks">5.6.3. Align Tracks</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Stretching_Tracks">5.6.4. Stretching Tracks</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Adjust_Volume_Level">5.6.5. Adjust the Volume Level</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Remove_Noise">5.6.6. Remove Noise</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Fade_Out">5.6.7. Fade In or Out</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Removing_Audio">5.6.8. Remove Some Audio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musician
s_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Repeating_a_Segment">5.6.9. Repeat an Already-Recorded Segment</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Using_the_Phaser">5.6.10. Add a Special Effect (the Phaser)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Conclusion">5.6.11. Conclusion</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Save_and_Export">5.7. Save and Export</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Exporting_Part_of_a_File">5.7.1. Export Part of a File</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Exporting_a_Whole_File">5.7.2. Export a Whole File</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
Audacity is a high-quality sound recording application, designed to be easy to use. We recommend Audacity to most computer users, because it is simple but it has many features and capabilities. You do not need to understand advanced computer audio concepts before using Audacity. If you can connect your microphone to your computer, you know enough to use Audacity.
</div><div class="section" title="5.1. Kowing When to Use Audacity" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Knowing_When_to_Use"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Knowing_When_to_Use">5.1. Kowing When to Use Audacity</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
Audacity has a simple user interface, it is easy to use, and it has many advanced capabilities. Audacity does not require advanced knowledge of computers, music, or recording. Audacity is the right tool to use for editing a single audio file, and it can also coordinate multiple audio files simultaneously. Most users will prefer Audacity over the other applications in the Musicians' Guide which can record.
@@ -499,7 +501,7 @@ books_tests Desktop1 downloads images notes scripts svgs</pre><div cla
</div></div><div class="section" title="5.2.3. Standard Installation" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation">5.2.3. Standard Installation</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
This method installs Audacity from the Fedora repository. This version of Audacity does not use an MP3 library, and cannot process MP3 files.
<div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Use PackageKit or KPackageKit to install the <code class="code">audacity</code> package. Or in a terminal, run this command: [pre]su -c 'yum install audacity'[/pre].
+ Use PackageKit or KPackageKit to install the <code class="code">audacity</code> package.
</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
The proposed installation includes Audacity and all of the libraries that Audacity uses. Continue installing Audacity by reviewing and approving the proposed installation.
</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
@@ -509,37 +511,37 @@ books_tests Desktop1 downloads images notes scripts svgs</pre><div cla
</div></div><div class="section" title="5.2.4. Installation with MP3 Support" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation_with_RPM_Fusion"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation_with_RPM_Fusion">5.2.4. Installation with MP3 Support</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
This method installs Audacity from the RPM Fusion repository. This version of Audacity uses an MP3 library, and can process MP3 files. The Fedora Project cannot provide support for this version of Audacity because it is not prepared by Fedora.
<div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Run this command in a terminal: [pre]su -c 'yum localinstall --nogpgcheck http://download1.rpmfusion.org/free/fedora/rpmfusion-free-release-stable.noarch.rpm http://download1.rpmfusion.org/nonfree/fedora/rpmfusion-nonfree-release-stable.noarch.rpm'[/pre]
+ Run this command in a terminal: <code class="command">su -c 'yum localinstall --nogpgcheck http://download1.rpmfusion.org/free/fedora/rpmfusion-free-release-stable.noarch.rpm http://download1.rpmfusion.org/nonfree/fedora/rpmfusion-nonfree-release-stable.noarch.rpm'</code>
</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Use PackageKit or KPackageKit to install the <code class="code">audacity-freeworld</code> package. Or in a terminal, run this command: [pre]su -c 'yum install audacity-freeworld'[/pre].
+ Use PackageKit or KPackageKit to install the <code class="code">audacity-freeworld</code> package.
</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
The proposed installation includes Audacity and all of the libraries that Audacity uses. Continue installing Audacity by reviewing and approving the proposed installation.
</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
Audacity configures itself automatically, but it may not use the configuration you want. You need to test Audacity before recording, so that you know that it works. Follow the instructions in !!L!!here!!L!! to test Audacity.
</div></li></ol></div>
- </div></div><div class="section" title="5.2.5. Post-Installation Testing: Playback" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Playback"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Playback">5.2.5. Post-Installation Testing: Playback</h3></div></div></div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step" title="Step 1"><div class="para">
+ </div></div><div class="section" title="5.2.5. Post-Installation Test: Playback" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Playback"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Playback">5.2.5. Post-Installation Test: Playback</h3></div></div></div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step" title="Step 1"><div class="para">
Start Audacity.
</div></li><li class="step" title="Step 2"><div class="para">
Set the volume of your audio interface and speakers to a safe level.
</div></li><li class="step" title="Step 3"><div class="para">
- Open the "Open File" window by clicking on 'File > Open'.
+ Choose <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Open</strong></span> to open the Open File window.
</div></li><li class="step" title="Step 4"><div class="para">
- Open the <code class="code">/usr/share/sounds/alsa/Noise.wav</code> file. This file is designed for testing audio equipment.
+ Open the <code class="literal">/usr/share/sounds/alsa/Noise.wav</code> file. This file is designed for testing audio equipment.
</div></li><li class="step" title="Step 5"><div class="para">
Play the file as many times as you need. Adjust the volume of your audio interface and speakers while the file is playing.
</div></li><li class="step" title="Step 6"><div class="para">
If you cannot hear sound when the file is played, check that your audio interface and speakers are correctly connected and powered on.
</div></li><li class="step" title="Step 7"><div class="para">
If you still cannot hear sound when the file is played, see the !!L!!"Configuring Audacity to Use Your Hardware" section!!L!!.
- </div></li></ol></div></div><div class="section" title="5.2.6. Post-Installation Testing: Recording" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Recording"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Recording">5.2.6. Post-Installation Testing: Recording</h3></div></div></div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step" title="Step 1"><div class="para">
+ </div></li></ol></div></div><div class="section" title="5.2.6. Post-Installation Test: Recording" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Recording"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Recording">5.2.6. Post-Installation Test: Recording</h3></div></div></div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step" title="Step 1"><div class="para">
Connect your microphones to your audio interface.
</div></li><li class="step" title="Step 2"><div class="para">
Start Audacity. Do not open a file.
</div></li><li class="step" title="Step 3"><div class="para">
- Locate the volume level meters on the toolbar, to the right of the transport controls. If you do not see the meters, you can show them by clicking 'View > Toolbars > Meter Toolbar', which should have a check mark next to it.
+ Locate the volume level meters on the toolbar, to the right of the transport controls. If you do not see the meters, choose <span class="guimenu"><strong>View</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Toolbars</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Meter Toolbar</strong></span>, which should have a check mark next to it.
</div></li><li class="step" title="Step 4"><div class="para">
- Click the small, down-pointing arrow next to the microphone icon on the level meters. Then click "Start Monitoring".
+ Click on the arrow next to the microphone to open the input meter's pop-up menu. Choose <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Start Monitoring</strong></span>.
</div></li><li class="step" title="Step 5"><div class="para">
Sing, talk, or make noise into the microphone. The volume level meter should show moving red bars.
</div></li><li class="step" title="Step 6"><div class="para">
@@ -549,275 +551,271 @@ books_tests Desktop1 downloads images notes scripts svgs</pre><div cla
</div></li><li class="step" title="Step 8"><div class="para">
If you still do not see moving red bars, see the !!L!!"Configuring Audacity to Use Your Hardware" section!!L!!.
</div></li><li class="step" title="Step 9"><div class="para">
- Press the "Record" button to start a test recording. Sing, talk, or make noise into the microphone.
+ Click the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Record</strong></span> button to start a test recording. Sing, talk, or make noise into the microphone.
</div></li><li class="step" title="Step 10"><div class="para">
- After a few seconds, press the "Stop" button to stop the test recording.
+ After a few seconds, click the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Stop</strong></span> button to stop the test recording.
</div></li><li class="step" title="Step 11"><div class="para">
- Press the "Play" button to hear the recorded audio.
+ Click the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Play</strong></span> button to hear the recorded audio.
</div></li><li class="step" title="Step 12"><div class="para">
- If the recording sounds bad, you might need to reconfigure Audacity. See the !!L!!"Configuring Audacity to Use Your Hardware" section!!L!!.
- </div></li></ol></div></div></div><div class="section" title="5.3. Configuration" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity_Configuration"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity_Configuration">5.3. Configuration</h2></div></div></div><div class="section" title="5.3.1. The First Time You Use Audacity" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-First_Use"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-First_Use">5.3.1. The First Time You Use Audacity</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
- When you run Audacity for the first time, you will be asked to select a language to use for the interface. Also, if you have installed the Planet CCRMA repositories, and have not already followed the JACK Guide's installation procedures, then you are strongly encouraged to do so before using Audacity.
+ If the recording sounds bad, you configure Audacity manually. See the !!L!!"Configuring Audacity to Use Your Hardware" section!!L!!.
+ </div></li></ol></div></div></div><div class="section" title="5.3. Configuration" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity_Configuration"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity_Configuration">5.3. Configuration</h2></div></div></div><div class="section" title="5.3.1. When You Run Audacity for the First Time" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-First_Use"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-First_Use">5.3.1. When You Run Audacity for the First Time</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+ When you run Audacity for the first time, you will be asked to select a language to use for the interface. Before you use Audacity, we encourage you to follow the post-installation test instructions above, in the !!L!!whatever section!!L!! above.
+ </div></div><div class="section" title="5.3.2. Configuring Audacity for Your Sound Card" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Configure_to_Use_Your_Hardware"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Configure_to_Use_Your_Hardware">5.3.2. Configuring Audacity for Your Sound Card</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+ Audacity configures itself automatically. If your computer has multiple sound cards or your sound cards have an unusual setup, Audacity guesses which input and output you will use. Audacity sometimes guesses incorrectly, so you can configure it yourself.
</div><div class="para">
- Before recording for the first time, you are encouraged to test Audacity to ensure that it is set up correctly. SEE ABOVE.
- </div></div><div class="section" title="5.3.2. Configuring Audacity to Use Your Hardware" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Configure_to_Use_Your_Hardware"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Configure_to_Use_Your_Hardware">5.3.2. Configuring Audacity to Use Your Hardware</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
- Especially in cases where your computer has multiple sound cards, or where a single sound card provides multiple, independent input and/or output busses (streams), Audacity may not correctly guess which busses you want to use.
+ Audacity sometimes works, but has poor performance or low-quality audio. If Audacity runs poorly on your computer, you should configure the sound cards manually.
</div><div class="para">
- <div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- After starting Audacity, select ''File > Preferences.''
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Choose ''Devices'' from the left tab-list.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- The ''Host'' should usually be '''ALSA,''' unless you want to use Audacity with '''JACK'''.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- The right setting is for both recording and playback devices is probably ''default.''
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- If ''default'' doesn't work, then the next best choice is any of the devices that have names ending with something like <code class="code">(hw0:0)</code> <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- If you cannot make an educated guess, then try the devices systematically.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- This connects Audacity to your audio interface(s) in such a way that '''PulseAudio''' will not be able to use the devices at the same time, but it gives Audacity the greatest amount of control.
- </div></li></ul></div>
-
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- As a last resort, you can use the ''pulse'' devices, which connects Audacity to '''PulseAudio.''' Because Audacity does not have direct control of the audio hardware in this case, it can lead to poor performance.
- </div></li></ol></div>
-
+ Follow these steps to configure Audacity for your sound card:
+ </div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step" title="Step 1"><div class="para">
+ You need to know the Linux name of your sound card.
+ </div><ol class="a"><li class="step" title="Step 1.a"><div class="para">
+ Open a terminal. In GNOME, choose <span class="guimenu"><strong>Applications</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>System</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Terminal</strong></span>. In KDE, open the application launcher, then choose <span class="guimenu"><strong>System</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Konsole</strong></span>.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 1.b"><div class="para">
+ Run this command: <code class="command">cat /proc/asound/cards</code>.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 1.c"><div class="para">
+ The <code class="code">cat</code> program outputs a list of sound cards in your computer, which looks similar to this list:
+<div class="literallayout"><p>0 [SB             ]: HDA-Intel - HDA ATI SB<br />
+                  HDA ATI SB at 0xf7ff4000 irq 16<br />
+1 [MobilePre      ]: USB-Audio - MobilePre<br />
+                  M Audio MobilePre at usb-0000:00:13.0-2</p></div>
+ In this example output, the square brackets surround the name of the sound card. The names of the sound cards in this example output are <code class="literal">SB</code> and <code class="literal">MobilePre</code>.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 1.d"><div class="para">
+ Identify the name of the sound card that you want to use. If you do not see your sound card in the list outputted by <code class="code">cat</code>, then your Fedora does not detect it. You should also remember the number of the sound card, which is printed to the left of the name. You can use two different sound cards for recording and playback.
+ </div></li></ol></li><li class="step" title="Step 2"><div class="para">
+ Start Audacity.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 3"><div class="para">
+ Open the "Preferences" window. Choose <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> > <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Preferences</strong></span>.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 4"><div class="para">
+ Set the "Host" to <code class="literal">ALSA</code>.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 5"><div class="para">
+ Set the recording and playback devices to the name of the sound card that you want to use. If there are many choices for your sound card, choose the one that ends with <code class="literal">(hw:0)</code>, where <code class="literal">0</code> is replaced by the number of the sound card that you want to use.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 6"><div class="para">
+ Follow the post-installation test procedures to confirm that the configuration is correct.
+ </div></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+ You will see many choices in the list of playback and recording devices. When configured with the <code class="code">default</code> device, Audacity lets ALSA determine which sound card to use. When configured with the <code class="literal">pulse</code> device, Audacity lets PulseAudio determine which sound card to use. Audacity works most efficiently when configured with a specific sound card, so you should not use the <code class="literal">default</code> or <code class="literal">pulse</code> devices unless the other choices do not work.
</div></div><div class="section" title="5.3.3. Setting the Project's Sample Rate and Format" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Setting_Sample_Rate_and_Format"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Setting_Sample_Rate_and_Format">5.3.3. Setting the Project's Sample Rate and Format</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
- The related concepts of ''sample rate,'' and ''bit rate,'' are explained IN THIS CHAPTER (Sound Cards). Audacity refers to ''Bit Rate'' as ''Sample Format.''
- </div><div class="para">
- <div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- After starting Audacity, select ''File > Preferences'' to open the ''Preferences'' menu.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Select ''Quality'' from the left tab-list.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Select the settings that you wish to use.
- <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- CDs hold audio with a sample rate of 44Â 100Â Hz, and a sample format of 16 bits. This is sufficient for most uses.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Setting 96Â 000Â Hz and 24 bits should be enough for almost any use.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- You should not provide settings that are greater than your audio interface can provide. It is probably not dangerous to do so, but it may decrease sound quality. If nothing else, it will use extra space on your hard drive, with no added audio quality.
- </div></li></ul></div>
-
- </div></li></ol></div>
+ You can change the sample rate and sample format (see !!L!!here!!L!! for definitions). You should set the sample rate and sample format when you begin working on a project. You should not change the sample rate or sample format after you record audio. If you will use audio files that already exist, you should use the sample rate and sample format of the existing files.
+ </div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step" title="Step 1"><div class="para">
+ Choose <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Preferences</strong></span> to open the "Preferences" window.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 2"><div class="para">
+ Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Quality</strong></span> in the list on the left of the window.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 3"><div class="para">
+ Change the settings as you need. We recommend a sample rate of 44Â 100Â Hz and a sample format of 16Â bits for most projects.
+ </div></li></ol></div></div></div><div class="section" title="5.4. The Interface" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Interface"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Interface">5.4. The Interface</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+ !!P!! [[File:FMG-Audacity-Interface.png]] !!P!!
+ </div><div class="para">
+ Refer to !!F!! example !!F!! as you read about the user interface of Audacity.
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+ The "transport controls" play, stop, or pause playback of audio. The buttons to record and move quickly through a file are also located here.
+ </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+ The "tool-selection box" changes the cursor's function.
+ </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+ The two "volume level meters" display the volume level of stereo audio. The left meter displays the volume level of the output signal. The right meter displays the volume level of the input signal.
+ </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+ The "ruler" displays the time since the start of the file, in minutes and seconds.
+ </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+ The "timeline" is the main area of the main window of Audacity. The leftmost point is the beginning of the audio file.
+ </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+ Each "track" contains two channels of audio signal data. Audacity stacks tracks vertically in the main window. Audacity plays back all tracks simultaneously.
+ </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+ Each track has a "track info area," which holds settings like the fader, panner, and <span class="guibutton"><strong>mute</strong></span> and <span class="guibutton"><strong>solo</strong></span> buttons.
+ </div></li></ul></div>
- </div></div></div><div class="section" title="5.4. The Interface" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Interface"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Interface">5.4. The Interface</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
- This tutorial could use a picture of the interface, with an explanation of what the buttons do. Now that I've written the "DAW" chapter about the interface, I wonder if it wouldn't be just as useful to "hijack" that section. I don't think the differences would be alarming, and it would be a good way to save time - we'll see.
- </div></div><div class="section" title="5.5. Creating a New Login Sound (Tutorial)" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial">5.5. Creating a New Login Sound (Tutorial)</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
- To follow this portion of the tutorial, it is strongly recommended that you download the Audacity working-file, and begin doing the actions described, as instructed in the tutorial.
- </div><div class="section" title="5.5.1. Files for the Tutorial" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Files"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Files">5.5.1. Files for the Tutorial</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
- The following files will be useful, if you choose to follow along with the tutorial. Only the ''Starting State'' file is necessary; the other two are provided as possible completed forms.
+ </div><div class="para">
+ The !!L!! DAW chapter !!L!! contains more information about the Audacity user interface. That chapter defines the purpose and use of many user interface components.
+ </div></div><div class="section" title="5.5. Recording" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Recording"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Recording">5.5. Recording</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+ This section explains possible ways to use Audacity to record.
+ </div><div class="section" title="5.5.1. Start to Record" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Recording-Start_to_Record"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Recording-Start_to_Record">5.5.1. Start to Record</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+ This procedure can be used whether you want to record from microphones or from another application on your computer.
+ </div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step" title="Step 1"><div class="para">
+ Prepare your computer to record. Connect the microphones you want to use, and test them. See !!L!! here !!L!! for instructions to test your equipment.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 2"><div class="para">
+ Check the sample rate and sample format. See !!L!! this section !!L!! for instructions to change the sample rate and sample format.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 3"><div class="para">
+ The <span class="guibutton"><strong>Record</strong></span> button shows a red circle. When you are ready to record, click the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Record</strong></span> button.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 4"><div class="para">
+ The <span class="guibutton"><strong>Stop</strong></span> button shows an orange square. Click the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Stop</strong></span> button to stop the recorder.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 5"><div class="para">
+ * Audacity displays the recorded audio in the timeline of a track, as a blue, sound-wave-like shape that represents the volume level. Audacity sometimes displays the blue shape immediately, and sometimes only after you click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Stop</strong></span>. When Audacity does not show the blue shape immediately, it does not have enough processor power, and decides to process the audio instead of the blue shape.
+ </div></li></ol></div></div><div class="section" title="5.5.2. Continue to Record" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Recording-Continuing_to_Record"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Recording-Continuing_to_Record">5.5.2. Continue to Record</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+ You can record more audio after the first recording in one of these ways:
+ <div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+ You can continue to record from the end of the already-recorded audio.
+ </div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step" title="Step 1"><div class="para">
+ Press <span class="keycap"><strong>Shift</strong></span> then click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Record</strong></span>.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 2"><div class="para">
+ Audacity starts to record from the end of the already-recorded audio. The new audio is put in the previously-selected track.
+ </div></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+ You can record new audio that will play at the same time as the already-recorded audio.
+ </div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step" title="Step 1"><div class="para">
+ Choose <span class="guimenu"><strong>Transport</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Skip to Start</strong></span> or press <span class="keycap"><strong>Home</strong></span> to move the transport head to the start of the file.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 2"><div class="para">
+ Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Record</strong></span>.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 3"><div class="para">
+ Audacity starts to record from the beginning. The new audio is put in a new track, and does not erase existing audio.
+ </div></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+ You can record new audio that will play at the same time as the already-recorded audio, but start after the beginning.
+ </div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step" title="Step 1"><div class="para">
+ Find the timeline position when you want to record new audio. Click on an existing track at that time.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 2"><div class="para">
+ Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Record</strong></span>.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 3"><div class="para">
+ Audacity starts to record from the position of the transport head. The new audio is put in a new track, and does not erase existing audio.
+ </div></li></ol></div></li></ol></div>
+
+ </div></div></div><div class="section" title="5.6. Creating a New Login Sound (Tutorial)" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial">5.6. Creating a New Login Sound (Tutorial)</h2></div></div></div><div class="section" title="5.6.1. Files for the Tutorial" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Files"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Files">5.6.1. Files for the Tutorial</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+ Use the <code class="literal">Tutorial Start</code> file if you want to do the tutorial. The <code class="literal">Tutorial Finish</code> file and <code class="literal">Exported FLAC</code> file are completed examples. When you finish the tutorial, your project will probably not be the same as ours.
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- [[File:FMG-audacity_start.tar.lzma|Tutorial Starting State]]
+ [[File:FMG-audacity_start.tar.lzma|Tutorial Start]]
</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- [[File:FMG-audacity_end.tar.lzma|Tutorial Finishing State]]
+ [[File:FMG-audacity_end.tar.lzma|Tutorial Finish]]
</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
[[File:FMG-audacity_final.flac|Exported FLAC]]
</div></li></ul></div>
- </div></div><div class="section" title="5.5.2. Scenario" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Scenrario"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Scenrario">5.5.2. Scenario</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
- You were telling a friend about Fedora Linux's open-source audio programs, and you mentioned that Audacity makes it easy to create and edit audio files. The friend reminds you of their long-standing desire to create a new sound to be played whenever they log in to their computer, and suggests that Audacity can be used to make just a sound. You decide to work on it together.
- </div></div><div class="section" title="5.5.3. Inspiration" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Inspiration"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Inspiration">5.5.3. Inspiration</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
- You choose a starting-point for your new login sound. After thinking about it for a while, you decide to record some clips from a CD that you own, and mix them together.
- </div></div><div class="section" title="5.5.4. Starting Out" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Starting_Out"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Starting_Out">5.5.4. Starting Out</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
- <div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Make sure that your system is set up to record (with hardware and sample/bit rates properly selected).
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- You can use the level meter to monitor the input level. Before recording, you should test the input level, adjusting the audio interface as required.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- To begin the recording, hit the circular red ''Record'' button.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- When you have finished recording, hit the square orange ''Stop'' button.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- After recording a portion of audio, it should show up in the main portion of the window, with a blue, sound-wave-like shape representing the volume level of the recording.
- </div></li></ol></div>
-
- </div></div><div class="section" title="5.5.5. Continuing to Record" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Continuing_to_Record"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Continuing_to_Record">5.5.5. Continuing to Record</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
- There are three main ways to record something additional:
- <div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- You want to continue recording from the end of the already-recorded material.
- <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Hold the '''[Shift]''' key as you click ''Record''
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Audacity will continue recording in the last-selected track, from the end of all already-recorded audio.
- </div></li></ul></div>
-
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- You want to record something new to go along with what you already have, starting at the beginning.
- <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Move the transport to the start: press '''[Home]''' on the keyboard or select ''Transport > Skip to Start.''
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- The transport is the vertical line, which represents the place where Audacity will begin playback or recording if the ''Play'' or ''Record'' buttons are pressed.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- When you click ''Record'', Audacity will record onto a new track, and not erase what you have already recorded.
- </div></li></ul></div>
-
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- You want to record something new to go along with what you already have, starting somewhere else.
- <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Locate the place from where you want to continue recording.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Use the cursor to left-click on that place in an already-recorded segment.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- When you click ''Record'', Audacity will record onto a new track, and not erase what you have already recorded.
- </div></li></ul></div>
-
- </div></li></ol></div>
-
- </div></div><div class="section" title="5.5.6. Aligning Tracks" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Aligning_Tracks"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Aligning_Tracks">5.5.6. Aligning Tracks</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
- At this point in the tutorial, you can begin to follow along by modifying the Audacity working-file.
- </div><div class="para">
- If you accidentally record something at the wrong time, or if you change your mind about when a track should be playing, you can easily move it.
- <div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Select the ''time shift tool'' from the toolbar.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Click on the track you want to move, then slide it left or right to adjust it as desired.
- <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- To align the start of one segment to the end of another, drag the later track so that its start is near the end of the earlier one; move it slowly around that area until a yellow line appears, showing that the segments are aligned.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- To align a segment so that it begins at an arbitrary point, use the ''selection tool'' to move the transport to that point. Then, from the menu select ''Tracks > Align Tracks > Align with Cursor.''
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- There are other alignment options in the ''Tracks > Align Tracks'' menu, and they apply only to the currently-selected tracks. To select multiple tracks, click on the portion of the track at the left, which has information about it. Then, hold down '''[Shift]''' on your keyboard, and select the others.
- </div></li></ul></div>
-
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Select the selection tool from the toolbar.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Click to place the transport just before the splice, then press ''Play'' to hear it. Adjust again if necessary.
- </div></li></ol></div>
-
- </div></div><div class="section" title="5.5.7. Stretching Tracks" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Stretching_Tracks"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Stretching_Tracks">5.5.7. Stretching Tracks</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
- You can stretch or compress tracks, so that they take up more or less time. There are two tools which do this:
+ </div></div><div class="section" title="5.6.2. Scenario" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Scenario"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Scenario">5.6.2. Scenario</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+ You tell a friend about some open-source audio applications in Fedora Linux. Your friend wants you to help them make a new sound that will play when they log in to their computer. You search your music CD collection, and find a favourite recording. You and your friend decide to use a few clips from the CD to start your new log-in sound.
+ </div></div><div class="section" title="5.6.3. Align Tracks" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Aligning_Tracks"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Aligning_Tracks">5.6.3. Align Tracks</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+ You adjust the starting time of the segments.
+ </div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step" title="Step 1"><div class="para">
+ Click the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Time Shift</strong></span> button in the tool-selection toolbar.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 2"><div class="para">
+ Select the track with the segment you want to move. Drag the segment to the left or right to change the time when it starts to play.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 3"><div class="para">
+ You can align the start of one segment with end of another segment. Drag the segment so that the beginning is near the end of the other segment. Drag the track back and forth slowly so a yellow line appears. The yellow line means that there is no silence between the segments, and that the segments do not overlap.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 4"><div class="para">
+ You can move a segment to start at the selection cursor. Click the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Selection Tool</strong></span> button, then click on the track where you want the segment to start to play. Choose <span class="guimenu"><strong>Tracks</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Align Tracks</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Align with Cursor</strong></span> to move the track.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 5"><div class="para">
+ You can move tracks in other ways by using the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Tools</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Align Tracks</strong></span> menu choices.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 6"><div class="para">
+ You can select multiple tracks at the same time. Press <span class="keycap"><strong>Shift</strong></span> while you click on each track.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 7"><div class="para">
+ You should listen to each adjustment to confirm that it is correct. Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Selection Tool</strong></span> in the tool-selection toolbar, then click on a track where you want to begin to listen. Press <span class="guibutton"><strong>Play</strong></span> to hear the audio.
+ </div></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+ We aligned the tracks so that they sound nice to us. We tried to make the sound short, and interesting but not confusing. We changed the positions of the tracks many times after this step.
+ </div></div><div class="section" title="5.6.4. Stretching Tracks" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Stretching_Tracks"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Stretching_Tracks">5.6.4. Stretching Tracks</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+ You can stretch or compress tracks, so that they take up more or less time.
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- The ''Change Tempo'' tool, which adjusts speed but not pitch. This degrades sound quality quite a bit.
+ The "Change Tempo" tool adjusts speed but not pitch. Sound quality is lowered significantly.
</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- The ''Change Speed'' tool, which adjusts both speed and pitch. This does not degrade sound quality as much.
+ The "Change Speed" tool adjusts speed and pitch. Sound quality is less affected.
</div></li></ul></div>
+ </div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step" title="Step 1"><div class="para">
+ Click on the track info portion of the track that you want to adjust.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 2"><div class="para">
+ Choose <span class="guimenu"><strong>Effect</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Change Tempo</strong></span> or <span class="guimenu"><strong>Effect</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Change Speed</strong></span>. If you input a positive number, the speed increases and the audio takes less time. If you input a negative number, the speed decreases and the audio takes more time.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 3"><div class="para">
+ Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Preview</strong></span> to hear some of the audio with the adjusted speed. Audacity does not change the audio when you preview the change.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 4"><div class="para">
+ Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>OK</strong></span> to apply the change. Audacity processes the audio. Your change does not appear immediately.
+ </div></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+ We changed the speed of one of our tracks. We are not concerned about the sound quality, because this is a start-up sound for us. When you edit audio to which other people will listen, you should be careful to preserve the sound quality.
+ </div></div><div class="section" title="5.6.5. Adjust the Volume Level" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Adjust_Volume_Level"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Adjust_Volume_Level">5.6.5. Adjust the Volume Level</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+ You can adjust the volume level of tracks by adjusting the fader in the track info box. The fader is a horizontal line with a <code class="literal">-</code> sign on the left and a <code class="literal">+</code> sign on the right. The fader does not change the audio signal itself.
</div><div class="para">
- To stretch or compress a track,
- <div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Select that track by clicking on the portion at the left, which has information about that track.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Select ''Effect > Change Tempo'' or ''Effect > Change Speed''.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Use the window to adjust the degree of stretching/compression:
- <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Positive values increase speed and compress the audio.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Negative values decrease speed and stretch the audio.
- </div></li></ul></div>
-
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- You can use the ''Preview'' button to get an idea of the speed change that will happen with your selected settings.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- After clicking ''OK'', it may take a few seconds for Audacity to process and apply the changes you requested.
- </div></li></ol></div>
-
- </div></div><div class="section" title="5.5.8. Adjusting a Track's Volume, and Removing Noise" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Adjusting_Volume_and_Removing_Noise"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Adjusting_Volume_and_Removing_Noise">5.5.8. Adjusting a Track's Volume, and Removing Noise</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
- If you want to make a track louder or quieter, you can adjust the volume of individual tracks, or portions of tracks.
- <div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- The bottom-most track in the tutorial file is hardly audible. You press the ''solo'' button on that track to hear it alone, and realize that it's mostly very quiet humming.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- You use the ''selection tool'' to select part of the track.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Select ''Effect > Amplify'', which is a tool that, in effect, adjusts the volume level of an audio segment. If you enable clipping, then you will be able to adjust the level much higher than if you don't. However, you may lose part of the audio signal, and the sound quality may deteriorate. You may have to experiment to find an acceptable balance.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- This track still has a lot of ''noise,'' which was created by the recording tools, rather than what was supposed to be recorded.
- <div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Select about a second of audio, which is going to serve as a the model of ''noise'' that should be removed. Ideally this portion of audio will contain only noise, and no signal that you wish to save.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Select ''Effect > Noise Removal'' to open the ''Noise Removal'' tool.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- In the ''Noise Removal'' window, click ''Get Profile'', so that the tool will take the selected portion of audio.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Now select the whole track, which is the portion of audio from which you wish to remove the ''noise.''
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Return to the ''Noise Removal'' tool's window, and select ''OK''.
- </div></li></ol></div>
-
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Now you realize that the end of the upper-most track is too loud, so it interferes with the other.
- <div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Select the last two seconds of that track.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Select ''Effect > Fade Out'' to use the ''Fade Out'' tool.
- </div></li></ol></div>
-
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- You think that the third track's entrance is too quiet, so you select the first portion, then 'Effect > Fade In' (huh?)
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- there's a bit of noise in the fourth track at about 13:00 that you want to bring out, so you amplify it (double-huh?)
- </div></li></ol></div>
-
- </div></div><div class="section" title="5.5.9. Removing a Portion of Audio" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Removing_Audio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Removing_Audio">5.5.9. Removing a Portion of Audio</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
- <div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- The fourth track, after the noise-bump that we just amplified, is just noise. We don't need it, and it sounds strange, so let's take it out.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Place the transport at the start of the segment that you wish to remove, by left-clicking in the existing audio track.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Select ''Edit > Select > Cursor to Track End,'' which will select the portion of audio in the currently-selected track between the transport and the end of the track. There are many other options for selecting audio available in that menu.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- On your keyboard, press '''[Delete]'''.
- </div></li></ol></div>
-
- </div></div><div class="section" title="5.5.10. Repeating an Already-Recorded Segment" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Repeating_a_Segment"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Repeating_a_Segment">5.5.10. Repeating an Already-Recorded Segment</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
- While you like the beginning of the sound, the end doesn't seem ''busy'' enough. You decide to repeat a portion of the second track, to make it seem as though it "just won't leave."
- <div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Use the cursor to select the last second of the second track from the top, then select ''Edit > Copy.''
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Place the transport arbitrarily, later in the track, and select ''Edit > Paste'' from the menu. Repeat this, so there are two copies.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Select the ''Time Shift tool'' from the toolbar, and adjust the time of the two copied segments as desired.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- You might also wish to adjust the volume of a segment, depending on whether it sounds too loud for you.
- </div></li></ol></div>
-
- </div></div><div class="section" title="5.5.11. Add a Silly Effect: Using the Phaser" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Using_the_Phaser"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Using_the_Phaser">5.5.11. Add a Silly Effect: Using the Phaser</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
- The third track ends after the other tracks. Audacity has a wide variety of effects plugins, and you decide to experiment with one called "Phaser." The phaser adjusts reverberation, panning, and frequency to create a spinning-like sound.
- <div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Select the portion of the third track which begins after the last occurrence of the second track, and goes to the end. There are a few different ways to do this.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Select ''Effect > Phaser'' and experiment with the settings. Use the ''Preview'' button to sample the outcome of your currently selected settings.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- You can use whatever settings seem appropriate. The tutorial file uses these settings: [pre]Stages: 2 Dry/Wet: 128 LFO Frequency: 0.4 LFO Start Phase: 0 Depth: 128 Feedback: 90[/pre]
- </div></li></ol></div>
-
- </div></div><div class="section" title="5.5.12. Further Comments" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Further_Comments"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Further_Comments">5.5.12. Further Comments</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
- If you followed along with the Audacity working-file, the chances are that your result is different from the completed model available above. There are a few reasons for this:
- <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- The tutorial's instructions are intentionally vague. This allows you to easily see how they apply to different uses.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- The tutorial's instructions allow room for creative experimentation. This allows you to create a different result from the same starting material, by harnessing your own creative power.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- While the model completion was being created, some extra steps were used to modify the sound. While the result was reached with all of the same tools and techniques described in the tutorial, they were used many more times than the tutorial explains. In particular, the tracks were time-shifted between most steps.
- </div></li></ul></div>
+ You can also adjust the volume level of a portion of audio, which does modify the audio signal itself. Follow these instructions to adjust the volume level of a portion of audio.
+ </div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step" title="Step 1"><div class="para">
+ The tutorial's lowest track is very quiet. Click the track's <span class="guibutton"><strong>solo</strong></span> button, then listen to the track alone. Most of the track is quiet humming.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 2"><div class="para">
+ Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Selection Tool</strong></span>, then hold down the mouse button to select some audio in one track.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 3"><div class="para">
+ Choose <span class="guimenu"><strong>Effect</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Amplify</strong></span>. When the "Amplify" window opens, it is set for the greatest volume level increase that will not decrease sound quality. You can enable "clipping," which allows you to increase the volume level even more, but will decrease the sound quality.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 4"><div class="para">
+ Use the Amplify tool to adjust the volume level as you wish.
+ </div></li></ol></div></div><div class="section" title="5.6.6. Remove Noise" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Remove_Noise"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Remove_Noise">5.6.6. Remove Noise</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+ "Noise" is part of an audio signal that is not the intended signal. When you listen to music on the radio, you can hear the music, and usually also some noise. When computers record or play audio, the electronic components sometimes create extra noise. The lowest track of the tutorial file has noise created by electronic components in the old notebook computer used to play the CD. Follow these steps to use the "Noise Removal" tool.
+ </div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step" title="Step 1"><div class="para">
+ Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Selection Tool</strong></span>, then select a small portion of the lowest track.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 2"><div class="para">
+ Choose <span class="guimenu"><strong>Effect</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Noise Removal</strong></span>. The "Noise Removal" window appears. Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Get Profile</strong></span>. The Noise Removal tool uses the selected audio as an example of the noise to remove.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 3"><div class="para">
+ Select the whole track.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 4"><div class="para">
+ Open the "Noise Removal" window. Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>OK</strong></span>. The Noise Removal tool processes the audio. The Noise Removal tool is not effective in this example because most of the signal is noise.
+ </div></li></ol></div></div><div class="section" title="5.6.7. Fade In or Out" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Fade_Out"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Fade_Out">5.6.7. Fade In or Out</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+ Audacity has tools to fade in and out. When you "fade in," it means to gradually increase the volume level from silence to the original level. When you "fade out," it means to gradually decreased the volume level from the original level to silence. Professional recordings of concerts often fade out after a song, while the audience applauds. Fading out avoids an abrupt stop at the end of the recording, because the volume level is decreased gradually to silence.
+ </div><div class="para">
+ You generally fade in at the beginning of an audio segment, and fade out at the end of an audio segment. You can use Audacity to create special effects if you fade in or fade out in the middle of an audio segment. You can make a surprising effect by setting Audacity to fade in or out over a few second, then adding the opposite fade inside the first fade.
+ </div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step" title="Step 1"><div class="para">
+ Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Selection Tool</strong></span>, then select a portion of audio to fade in or out.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 2"><div class="para">
+ Choose <span class="guimenu"><strong>Effect</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Fade In</strong></span> or <span class="guimenu"><strong>Effect</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Fade Out</strong></span>.
+ </div></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+ We created a long fade out in one of our tracks, so that the track is quieter. We then adjusted the spacing of the other tracks, moving them closer.
+ </div></div><div class="section" title="5.6.8. Remove Some Audio" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Removing_Audio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Removing_Audio">5.6.8. Remove Some Audio</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+ You can remove portions of a track. This procedure removes audio at the end of a track. You can use a similar method to remove audio in other ways.
+ </div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step" title="Step 1"><div class="para">
+ Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Selection Tool</strong></span>, then place the editing cursor at the point where you want the track to end.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 2"><div class="para">
+ Choose <span class="guimenu"><strong>Edit</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Select</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Cursor to Track End</strong></span>. There are many other choices in the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Edit</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Select</strong></span> menu.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 3"><div class="para">
+ Press <span class="keycap"><strong>Delete</strong></span>. The selected audio is deleted.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 4"><div class="para">
+ If you make a mistake, you can undo the previous action. Choose <span class="guimenu"><strong>Edit</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Undo</strong></span>.
+ </div></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+ We removed the end of the lowest track.
+ </div></div><div class="section" title="5.6.9. Repeat an Already-Recorded Segment" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Repeating_a_Segment"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Repeating_a_Segment">5.6.9. Repeat an Already-Recorded Segment</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+ You can repeat a segment of audio that is already recorded.
+ </div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step" title="Step 1"><div class="para">
+ Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Selection Tool</strong></span>, then select a portion of audio.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 2"><div class="para">
+ Choose <span class="guimenu"><strong>Edit</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Copy</strong></span> or press <span class="keycap"><strong>Control</strong></span>+<span class="keycap"><strong>c</strong></span>.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 3"><div class="para">
+ Click in a track near where you want the copy to start playing.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 4"><div class="para">
+ Choose <span class="guimenu"><strong>Edit</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Paste</strong></span> or press <span class="keycap"><strong>Control</strong></span>+<span class="keycap"><strong>v</strong></span>.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 5"><div class="para">
+ Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Time Shift Tool</strong></span>, then adjust the timeline position of the new audio clip.
+ </div></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+ We repeated the end of a segment twice, to make the end of the startup sound more interesting.
+ </div></div><div class="section" title="5.6.10. Add a Special Effect (the Phaser)" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Using_the_Phaser"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Using_the_Phaser">5.6.10. Add a Special Effect (the Phaser)</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+ Audacity has many effect plugins, and you can add more. The Phaser adjusts reverberation, panning, and frequency to create a spinning-like sound.
+ </div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step" title="Step 1"><div class="para">
+ Select a portion of any track when only one track is playing.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 2"><div class="para">
+ Choose <span class="guimenu"><strong>Effect</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Phaser</strong></span>, then experiment with the settings. Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Preview</strong></span> to hear the effect of your settings. Audacity does not modify the audio file when you preview your settings.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 3"><div class="para">
+ The tutorial uses the phaser at the end, with these settings:
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+ Stages: 2
+ </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+ Dry/Wet: 128
+ </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+ LFO Frequency: 0.4
+ </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+ LFO Start Phase: 0
+ </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+ Depth: 128
+ </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+ Feedback: 90
+ </div></li></ul></div>
- </div></div></div><div class="section" title="5.6. Saving and Exporting" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Saving_and_Exporting"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Saving_and_Exporting">5.6. Saving and Exporting</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
- When you save a file in Audacity with the ''Save'' or ''Save As'' commands, it is saved in an Audacity-only format. This is good, because it allows Audacity to save extra information about the audio, which is impossible to store in conventional formats like ''OGG'', ''FLAC'', or even ''AIFF'' and ''WAV.''
+ </div></li></ol></div></div><div class="section" title="5.6.11. Conclusion" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Conclusion"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Conclusion">5.6.11. Conclusion</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+ Your startup file sounds different than the one that we completed. The tutorial instructions are intentionally vague. You used your own creativity to complete the tutorial. You also learned how to use these tools for many different purposes.
+ </div></div></div><div class="section" title="5.7. Save and Export" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Save_and_Export"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Save_and_Export">5.7. Save and Export</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+ Audacity saves its data in a format that only Audacity can use. Audacity saves more information than just the audio files, and this information cannot be stored in conventional audio files like OGG, FLAC, or AIFF.
</div><div class="para">
- If you want to share your audio work, or use it with another application, you will need to ''export'' it. This means that all of your tracks will be reduced to one track, and all of your channels will be reduced to stereo audio (with two channels). When you export, Audacity may warn you that your audio is being mixed into two channels. This will only affect the exported audio file, not the Audacity-format file.
- </div><div class="section" title="5.6.1. Exporting Part of a File" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Exporting_Part_of_a_File"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Exporting_Part_of_a_File">5.6.1. Exporting Part of a File</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
- <div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Use any means to select a portion of audio. You can click-and-drag with the cursor, or place the transport and select ''Edit > Select,'' or use another means.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Select ''File > Export Selection.''
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- # Use the ''Export File'' window to choose the format of your exported audio, and to configure advanced options of the format. Not all formats have advanced options.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- After clicking ''Save'' in the ''Export File'' window, some formats will provide a window where you can configure ''metadata'' about the file. ''Metadata'' is information about information - in this case, it describes qualities about the audio in the exported file, like Artist, Title, Genre, and so on. You can leave the fields blank, or complete as many as you prefer.
- </div></li></ol></div>
-
- </div></div><div class="section" title="5.6.2. Exporting a Whole File" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Exporting_a_Whole_File"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Exporting_a_Whole_File">5.6.2. Exporting a Whole File</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
- <div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Select ''File > Export.''
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Use the ''Export File'' window to choose the format of your exported audio, and to configure advanced options of the format. Not all formats have advanced options.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- After clicking ''Save'' in the ''Export File'' window, some formats will provide a window where you can configure ''metadata'' about the file. ''Metadata'' is information about information - in this case, it describes qualities about the audio in the exported file, like Artist, Title, Genre, and so on. You can leave the fields blank or complete as many as you prefer.
- </div></li></ol></div>
-
- </div></div></div></div><div xml:lang="en-US" class="chapter" title="Chapter 6. Digital Audio Workstations" id="chap-Musicians_Guide-Digital_Audio_Workstations" lang="en-US"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">Chapter 6. Digital Audio Workstations</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Knowing_Which_DAW_to_Use">6.1. Knowing Which DAW to Use</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Stages_of_Recording">6.2. Stages of Recording</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Recording">6.2.1. Recording</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Mixing">6.2.2. Mixing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Mastering">6.2.3. Mastering</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Record_Mix_Master_More_Info">6.2.4. More Information</a></span></dt></d
l></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_Interface_Vocabulary">6.3. Interface Vocabulary</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Session">6.3.1. Session</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Track_and_Multitrack">6.3.2. Track and Multitrack</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Region_Clip_Segment">6.3.3. Region, Clip, or Segment</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Session_Track_Region">6.3.4. Relationship of Session, Track, and Region</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Transport_and_Playhead">6.3.5. Transport and Playhead</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Automation">6.3.6. Automation</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_User_Interface">6.4. User Interface</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><
span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Messages_Pane">6.4.1. "Messages" Pane</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_Clock">6.4.2. Clock</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Track_Info_Pane">6.4.3. "Track Info" Pane</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Track_Pane">6.4.4. "Track" Pane</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_Transport_Controls">6.4.5. Transport Controls</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+ When you want to share your work, or use it in another application, you must export it. When you "export" audio, Audacity converts the Audacity-only file into a conventional audio file. Audacity does not delete the original Audacity-only file, but the exported file cannot be converted into the Audacity-only format.
+ </div><div class="section" title="5.7.1. Export Part of a File" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Exporting_Part_of_a_File"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Exporting_Part_of_a_File">5.7.1. Export Part of a File</h3></div></div></div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step" title="Step 1"><div class="para">
+ Select the portion of audio that you want to export.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 2"><div class="para">
+ Choose <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Export Selection</strong></span>.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 3"><div class="para">
+ Select the format, filename, and directory of the audio that will be exported. Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Save</strong></span> when you are finished.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 4"><div class="para">
+ Depending on which format you choose, the "Metadata" window appears. You can input this information if you wish.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 5"><div class="para">
+ Audacity processes the audio to export. This may take some time, depending on the audio.
+ </div></li></ol></div></div><div class="section" title="5.7.2. Export a Whole File" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Exporting_a_Whole_File"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Exporting_a_Whole_File">5.7.2. Export a Whole File</h3></div></div></div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step" title="Step 1"><div class="para">
+ Choose <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Export</strong></span>.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 2"><div class="para">
+ Select the format, filename, and directory of the audio that will be exported. Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Save</strong></span> when you are finished.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 3"><div class="para">
+ Depending on which format you choose, the "Metadata" window appears. You can input this information if you wish.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 4"><div class="para">
+ Audacity processes the audio to export. This may take some time, depending on the audio.
+ </div></li></ol></div></div></div></div><div xml:lang="en-US" class="chapter" title="Chapter 6. Digital Audio Workstations" id="chap-Musicians_Guide-Digital_Audio_Workstations" lang="en-US"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">Chapter 6. Digital Audio Workstations</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Knowing_Which_DAW_to_Use">6.1. Knowing Which DAW to Use</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Stages_of_Recording">6.2. Stages of Recording</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Recording">6.2.1. Recording</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Mixing">6.2.2. Mixing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Mastering">6.2.3. Mastering</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Record_Mix_Master_More_Info">6.2.4. More Information<
/a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_Interface_Vocabulary">6.3. Interface Vocabulary</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Session">6.3.1. Session</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Track_and_Multitrack">6.3.2. Track and Multitrack</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Region_Clip_Segment">6.3.3. Region, Clip, or Segment</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Session_Track_Region">6.3.4. Relationship of Session, Track, and Region</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Transport_and_Playhead">6.3.5. Transport and Playhead</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Automation">6.3.6. Automation</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_User_Interface">6.4. User Interface</a></span>
</dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Messages_Pane">6.4.1. "Messages" Pane</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_Clock">6.4.2. Clock</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Track_Info_Pane">6.4.3. "Track Info" Pane</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-Track_Pane">6.4.4. "Track" Pane</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_Transport_Controls">6.4.5. Transport Controls</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
The term '''Digital Audio Workstation''' (henceforth '''DAW''') refers to the entire hardware and software setup used for professional (or professional-quality) audio recording, manipulation, synthesis, and production. It originally referred to devices purpose-built for the task, but as personal computers have become more powerful and wide-spread, certain specially-designed personal computers can also be thought of as DAWs. The software running on these computers, especially software capable of multi-track recording, playback, and synthesis, is simply called "DAW software," which is often shortened to "DAW." So, the term "DAW" and its usage are moderately ambiguous, but generally refer to one of the things mentioned.
</div><div class="para">
The !!L!! "Sound Cards and Digital Audio" Section !!L!! has other words that are important to know.
@@ -5808,6 +5806,12 @@ books_tests Desktop1 downloads images notes scripts svgs</pre><div cla
</td></tr><tr><td align="left">Revision 1</td><td align="left">Mon Aug 2 2010</td><td align="left"><span class="author"><span class="firstname">Christopher</span> <span class="surname">Antila</span></span></td></tr><tr><td align="left" colspan="3">
<table border="0" summary="Simple list" class="simplelist"><tr><td>First publically-available draft in DocBook format.</td></tr></table>
+ </td></tr><tr><td align="left">Revision 2</td><td align="left">Tue Aug 3 2010</td><td align="left"><span class="author"><span class="firstname">Christopher</span> <span class="surname">Antila</span></span></td></tr><tr><td align="left" colspan="3">
+ <table border="0" summary="Simple list" class="simplelist"><tr><td>Revised section headings.</td></tr><tr><td>Improved and consistent-ified "Requirements and Installation" for DAWs</td></tr></table>
+
+ </td></tr><tr><td align="left">Revision 3</td><td align="left">Wed Aug 4 2010</td><td align="left"><span class="author"><span class="firstname">Christopher</span> <span class="surname">Antila</span></span></td></tr><tr><td align="left" colspan="3">
+ <table border="0" summary="Simple list" class="simplelist"><tr><td>Significantly revised Audacity chapter.</td></tr><tr><td>Updated JACK installation slightly.</td></tr></table>
+
</td></tr></table></div>
- </div></div><div class="index" title="Index" id="id610555"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">Index</h2></div></div></div><div class="index"><div class="indexdiv"><h3>F</h3><dl><dt>feedback</dt><dd><dl><dt>contact information for this manual, <a class="indexterm" href="#id744033">We Need Feedback!</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div></div></div></div></body></html>
+ </div></div><div class="index" title="Index" id="id821146"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">Index</h2></div></div></div><div class="index"><div class="indexdiv"><h3>F</h3><dl><dt>feedback</dt><dd><dl><dt>contact information for this manual, <a class="indexterm" href="#id535576">We Need Feedback!</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div></div></div></div></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/appe-Musicians_Guide-Revision_History.html b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/appe-Musicians_Guide-Revision_History.html
index b49c239..8098176 100644
--- a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/appe-Musicians_Guide-Revision_History.html
+++ b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/appe-Musicians_Guide-Revision_History.html
@@ -7,6 +7,12 @@
</td></tr><tr><td align="left">Revision 1</td><td align="left">Mon Aug 2 2010</td><td align="left"><span class="author"><span class="firstname">Christopher</span> <span class="surname">Antila</span></span></td></tr><tr><td align="left" colspan="3">
<table border="0" summary="Simple list" class="simplelist"><tr><td>First publically-available draft in DocBook format.</td></tr></table>
+ </td></tr><tr><td align="left">Revision 2</td><td align="left">Tue Aug 3 2010</td><td align="left"><span class="author"><span class="firstname">Christopher</span> <span class="surname">Antila</span></span></td></tr><tr><td align="left" colspan="3">
+ <table border="0" summary="Simple list" class="simplelist"><tr><td>Revised section headings.</td></tr><tr><td>Improved and consistent-ified "Requirements and Installation" for DAWs</td></tr></table>
+
+ </td></tr><tr><td align="left">Revision 3</td><td align="left">Wed Aug 4 2010</td><td align="left"><span class="author"><span class="firstname">Christopher</span> <span class="surname">Antila</span></span></td></tr><tr><td align="left" colspan="3">
+ <table border="0" summary="Simple list" class="simplelist"><tr><td>Significantly revised Audacity chapter.</td></tr><tr><td>Updated JACK installation slightly.</td></tr></table>
+
</td></tr></table></div>
</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Intonation.html"><strong>Prev</strong>14.4.7. Intonation</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>Up</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>Home</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="ix01.html"><strong>Next</strong>Index</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/chap-Musicians_Guide-Audacity.html b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/chap-Musicians_Guide-Audacity.html
index 6b9f413..c4d335c 100644
--- a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/chap-Musicians_Guide-Audacity.html
+++ b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/chap-Musicians_Guide-Audacity.html
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>Chapter 5. Audacity</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="up" href="pt02.html" title="Part II. Audio and Music Software" /><link rel="prev" href="pt02.html" title="Part II. Audio and Music Software" /><link rel="next" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Requirements_and_Installation.html" title="5.2. Requirements and Installation" /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade
your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="pt02.html"><strong>Prev</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Requirements_and_Installation.html"><strong>Next</strong></a></li></ul><div xml:lang="en-US" class="chapter" title="Chapter 5. Audacity" id="chap-Musicians_Guide-Audacity" lang="en-US"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">Chapter 5. Audacity</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Audacity.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Knowing_When_to_Use">5.1. Kowing When to Use Audacity</a></span></dt><dt><span cl
ass="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Requirements_and_Installation.html">5.2. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Requirements_and_Installation.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Software_Requirements">5.2.1. Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Hardware_Requirements.html">5.2.2. Hardware Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation.html">5.2.3. Standard Installation</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation_with_RPM_Fusion.html">5.2.4. Installation with MP3 Support</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Playback.html">5.2.5. Post-Installation Testing: Playback</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Recording
.html">5.2.6. Post-Installation Testing: Recording</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity_Configuration.html">5.3. Configuration</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity_Configuration.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-First_Use">5.3.1. The First Time You Use Audacity</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Configure_to_Use_Your_Hardware.html">5.3.2. Configuring Audacity to Use Your Hardware</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Setting_Sample_Rate_and_Format.html">5.3.3. Setting the Project's Sample Rate and Format</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Interface.html">5.4. The Interface</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial.html">5.5. Creating a New Login Sound (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><
dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Files">5.5.1. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Scenrario.html">5.5.2. Scenario</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Inspiration.html">5.5.3. Inspiration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Starting_Out.html">5.5.4. Starting Out</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Continuing_to_Record.html">5.5.5. Continuing to Record</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Aligning_Tracks.html">5.5.6. Aligning Tracks</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Stretching_Tracks.html">5.5.7. Stretching Tracks</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a
href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Adjusting_Volume_and_Removing_Noise.html">5.5.8. Adjusting a Track's Volume, and Removing Noise</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Removing_Audio.html">5.5.9. Removing a Portion of Audio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Repeating_a_Segment.html">5.5.10. Repeating an Already-Recorded Segment</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Using_the_Phaser.html">5.5.11. Add a Silly Effect: Using the Phaser</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Further_Comments.html">5.5.12. Further Comments</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Saving_and_Exporting.html">5.6. Saving and Exporting</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Saving_and_Export
ing.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Exporting_Part_of_a_File">5.6.1. Exporting Part of a File</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Exporting_a_Whole_File.html">5.6.2. Exporting a Whole File</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>Chapter 5. Audacity</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="up" href="pt02.html" title="Part II. Audio and Music Software" /><link rel="prev" href="pt02.html" title="Part II. Audio and Music Software" /><link rel="next" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Requirements_and_Installation.html" title="5.2. Requirements and Installation" /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade
your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="pt02.html"><strong>Prev</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Requirements_and_Installation.html"><strong>Next</strong></a></li></ul><div xml:lang="en-US" class="chapter" title="Chapter 5. Audacity" id="chap-Musicians_Guide-Audacity" lang="en-US"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">Chapter 5. Audacity</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Audacity.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Knowing_When_to_Use">5.1. Kowing When to Use Audacity</a></span></dt><dt><span cl
ass="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Requirements_and_Installation.html">5.2. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Requirements_and_Installation.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Software_Requirements">5.2.1. Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Hardware_Requirements.html">5.2.2. Hardware Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation.html">5.2.3. Standard Installation</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation_with_RPM_Fusion.html">5.2.4. Installation with MP3 Support</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Playback.html">5.2.5. Post-Installation Test: Playback</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Recording.ht
ml">5.2.6. Post-Installation Test: Recording</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity_Configuration.html">5.3. Configuration</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity_Configuration.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-First_Use">5.3.1. When You Run Audacity for the First Time</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Configure_to_Use_Your_Hardware.html">5.3.2. Configuring Audacity for Your Sound Card</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Setting_Sample_Rate_and_Format.html">5.3.3. Setting the Project's Sample Rate and Format</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Interface.html">5.4. The Interface</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Recording.html">5.5. Recording</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">
<a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Recording.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Recording-Start_to_Record">5.5.1. Start to Record</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Recording-Continuing_to_Record.html">5.5.2. Continue to Record</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial.html">5.6. Creating a New Login Sound (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Files">5.6.1. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Scenario.html">5.6.2. Scenario</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Aligning_Tracks.html">5.6.3. Align Tracks</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Stretching_Tracks.html">5.6.4. Stretching Trac
ks</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Adjust_Volume_Level.html">5.6.5. Adjust the Volume Level</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Remove_Noise.html">5.6.6. Remove Noise</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Fade_Out.html">5.6.7. Fade In or Out</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Removing_Audio.html">5.6.8. Remove Some Audio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Repeating_a_Segment.html">5.6.9. Repeat an Already-Recorded Segment</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Using_the_Phaser.html">5.6.10. Add a Special Effect (the Phaser)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Conclusion.html">5.6.11. Conclusion</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Save_and_Export.html">5.7. Save and Export</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Save_and_Export.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Exporting_Part_of_a_File">5.7.1. Export Part of a File</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Exporting_a_Whole_File.html">5.7.2. Export a Whole File</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
Audacity is a high-quality sound recording application, designed to be easy to use. We recommend Audacity to most computer users, because it is simple but it has many features and capabilities. You do not need to understand advanced computer audio concepts before using Audacity. If you can connect your microphone to your computer, you know enough to use Audacity.
</div><div class="section" title="5.1. Kowing When to Use Audacity" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Knowing_When_to_Use"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Knowing_When_to_Use">5.1. Kowing When to Use Audacity</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
Audacity has a simple user interface, it is easy to use, and it has many advanced capabilities. Audacity does not require advanced knowledge of computers, music, or recording. Audacity is the right tool to use for editing a single audio file, and it can also coordinate multiple audio files simultaneously. Most users will prefer Audacity over the other applications in the Musicians' Guide which can record.
diff --git a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/chap-Musicians_Guide-Digital_Audio_Workstations.html b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/chap-Musicians_Guide-Digital_Audio_Workstations.html
index 791613a..d78060f 100644
--- a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/chap-Musicians_Guide-Digital_Audio_Workstations.html
+++ b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/chap-Musicians_Guide-Digital_Audio_Workstations.html
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>Chapter 6. Digital Audio Workstations</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="up" href="pt02.html" title="Part II. Audio and Music Software" /><link rel="prev" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Exporting_a_Whole_File.html" title="5.6.2. Exporting a Whole File" /><link rel="next" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Stages_of_Recording.html" title="6.2. Stages of Recording" /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This
is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Exporting_a_Whole_File.html"><strong>Prev</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Stages_of_Recording.html"><strong>Next</strong></a></li></ul><div xml:lang="en-US" class="chapter" title="Chapter 6. Digital Audio Workstations" id="chap-Musicians_Guide-Digital_Audio_Workstations" lang="en-US"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">Chapter 6. Digital Audio Workstations</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Digital_Au
dio_Workstations.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Knowing_Which_DAW_to_Use">6.1. Knowing Which DAW to Use</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Stages_of_Recording.html">6.2. Stages of Recording</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Stages_of_Recording.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Recording">6.2.1. Recording</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Mixing.html">6.2.2. Mixing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Mastering.html">6.2.3. Mastering</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Record_Mix_Master_More_Info.html">6.2.4. More Information</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_Interface_Vocabulary.html">6.3. Interface Vocabulary</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_Interface_Vocabulary.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Session">6.3.1.
Session</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Track_and_Multitrack.html">6.3.2. Track and Multitrack</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Region_Clip_Segment.html">6.3.3. Region, Clip, or Segment</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Session_Track_Region.html">6.3.4. Relationship of Session, Track, and Region</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Transport_and_Playhead.html">6.3.5. Transport and Playhead</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Automation.html">6.3.6. Automation</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_User_Interface.html">6.4. User Interface</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_User_Interface.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Messages_Pane">6.4.1. "Messages" Pane</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect
-Musicians_Guide-DAW_Clock.html">6.4.2. Clock</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Track_Info_Pane.html">6.4.3. "Track Info" Pane</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Track_Pane.html">6.4.4. "Track" Pane</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_Transport_Controls.html">6.4.5. Transport Controls</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>Chapter 6. Digital Audio Workstations</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="up" href="pt02.html" title="Part II. Audio and Music Software" /><link rel="prev" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Exporting_a_Whole_File.html" title="5.7.2. Export a Whole File" /><link rel="next" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Stages_of_Recording.html" title="6.2. Stages of Recording" /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is
an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Exporting_a_Whole_File.html"><strong>Prev</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Stages_of_Recording.html"><strong>Next</strong></a></li></ul><div xml:lang="en-US" class="chapter" title="Chapter 6. Digital Audio Workstations" id="chap-Musicians_Guide-Digital_Audio_Workstations" lang="en-US"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">Chapter 6. Digital Audio Workstations</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Digital_Audio
_Workstations.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Knowing_Which_DAW_to_Use">6.1. Knowing Which DAW to Use</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Stages_of_Recording.html">6.2. Stages of Recording</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Stages_of_Recording.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Recording">6.2.1. Recording</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Mixing.html">6.2.2. Mixing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Mastering.html">6.2.3. Mastering</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Record_Mix_Master_More_Info.html">6.2.4. More Information</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_Interface_Vocabulary.html">6.3. Interface Vocabulary</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_Interface_Vocabulary.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Session">6.3.1. Ses
sion</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Track_and_Multitrack.html">6.3.2. Track and Multitrack</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Region_Clip_Segment.html">6.3.3. Region, Clip, or Segment</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Session_Track_Region.html">6.3.4. Relationship of Session, Track, and Region</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Transport_and_Playhead.html">6.3.5. Transport and Playhead</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Automation.html">6.3.6. Automation</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_User_Interface.html">6.4. User Interface</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_User_Interface.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Messages_Pane">6.4.1. "Messages" Pane</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Mu
sicians_Guide-DAW_Clock.html">6.4.2. Clock</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Track_Info_Pane.html">6.4.3. "Track Info" Pane</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Track_Pane.html">6.4.4. "Track" Pane</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_Transport_Controls.html">6.4.5. Transport Controls</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
The term '''Digital Audio Workstation''' (henceforth '''DAW''') refers to the entire hardware and software setup used for professional (or professional-quality) audio recording, manipulation, synthesis, and production. It originally referred to devices purpose-built for the task, but as personal computers have become more powerful and wide-spread, certain specially-designed personal computers can also be thought of as DAWs. The software running on these computers, especially software capable of multi-track recording, playback, and synthesis, is simply called "DAW software," which is often shortened to "DAW." So, the term "DAW" and its usage are moderately ambiguous, but generally refer to one of the things mentioned.
</div><div class="para">
The !!L!! "Sound Cards and Digital Audio" Section !!L!! has other words that are important to know.
@@ -24,4 +24,4 @@
If you are simply hoping to create a "MIDI recording" of some sheet music, you are probably better off using LilyPond. This program is designed primarily to create printable sheet music, but it will produce a MIDI-format version of a score if you include the following command in the "score" section of your LilyPond source file: <code class="code">\midi { }</code>. There are a selection of options that can be put in the "midi" section; refer to the LilyPond help files for a listing.
</div></li></ul></div>
- </div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Exporting_a_Whole_File.html"><strong>Prev</strong>5.6.2. Exporting a Whole File</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>Up</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>Home</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Stages_of_Recording.html"><strong>Next</strong>6.2. Stages of Recording</a></li></ul></body></html>
+ </div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Exporting_a_Whole_File.html"><strong>Prev</strong>5.7.2. Export a Whole File</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>Up</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>Home</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Stages_of_Recording.html"><strong>Next</strong>6.2. Stages of Recording</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/index.html b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/index.html
index 5d66900..7829965 100644
--- a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/index.html
+++ b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/index.html
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>Musicians' Guide</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><meta name="description" content="This document explores some audio-creation and music activities possible with Fedora Linux. Computer audio concepts are explained, and a selection of programs are demonstrated with tutorials showing a typical usage." /><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="next" href="pref-Musicians_Guide-Preface.html" title="Preface" /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This i
s an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="pref-Musicians_Guide-Preface.html"><strong>Next</strong></a></li></ul><div xml:lang="en-US" class="book" title="Musicians' Guide" id="id1858785" lang="en-US"><div class="titlepage"><div><div class="producttitle" font-family="sans-serif,Symbol,ZapfDingbats" font-weight="bold" font-size="12pt" text-align="center"><span class="productname">Fedora Draft Documentation</span> <span class="productnumber"></span></div><div font-family="sans-serif,Symbol,ZapfDingbats" font-weight="bold" font-size="12pt" text-align="center"><h1 id="id1858785" cla
ss="title">Musicians' Guide</h1></div><div font-family="sans-serif,Symbol,ZapfDingbats" font-weight="bold" font-size="12pt" text-align="center"><h2 class="subtitle">A guide to Fedora Linux's audio creation and music capabilities.</h2></div><p class="edition">Edition 14.0.1</p><div font-family="sans-serif,Symbol,ZapfDingbats" font-weight="bold" font-size="12pt" text-align="center"><h3 class="corpauthor">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>Musicians' Guide</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><meta name="description" content="This document explores some audio-creation and music activities possible with Fedora Linux. Computer audio concepts are explained, and a selection of programs are demonstrated with tutorials showing a typical usage." /><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="next" href="pref-Musicians_Guide-Preface.html" title="Preface" /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This i
s an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="pref-Musicians_Guide-Preface.html"><strong>Next</strong></a></li></ul><div xml:lang="en-US" class="book" title="Musicians' Guide" id="id1720359" lang="en-US"><div class="titlepage"><div><div class="producttitle" font-family="sans-serif,Symbol,ZapfDingbats" font-weight="bold" font-size="12pt" text-align="center"><span class="productname">Fedora Draft Documentation</span> <span class="productnumber"></span></div><div font-family="sans-serif,Symbol,ZapfDingbats" font-weight="bold" font-size="12pt" text-align="center"><h1 id="id1720359" cla
ss="title">Musicians' Guide</h1></div><div font-family="sans-serif,Symbol,ZapfDingbats" font-weight="bold" font-size="12pt" text-align="center"><h2 class="subtitle">A guide to Fedora Linux's audio creation and music capabilities.</h2></div><p class="edition">Edition 14.0.1</p><div font-family="sans-serif,Symbol,ZapfDingbats" font-weight="bold" font-size="12pt" text-align="center"><h3 class="corpauthor">
<span class="inlinemediaobject"><object data="Common_Content/images/title_logo.svg" type="image/svg+xml"> </object></span>
- </h3></div><div font-family="sans-serif,Symbol,ZapfDingbats" font-weight="bold" font-size="12pt" text-align="center"><div xml:lang="en-US" class="authorgroup" lang="en-US"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Christopher</span> <span class="surname">Antila</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Fedora Documentation Project</span></div><code class="email"><a class="email" href="mailto:crantila at fedoraproject.org">crantila at fedoraproject.org</a></code></div></div></div><hr /><div font-family="sans-serif,Symbol,ZapfDingbats" font-weight="bold" font-size="12pt" text-align="center"><div id="id740293" class="legalnotice"><h1 class="legalnotice">Legal Notice</h1><div class="para">
+ </h3></div><div font-family="sans-serif,Symbol,ZapfDingbats" font-weight="bold" font-size="12pt" text-align="center"><div xml:lang="en-US" class="authorgroup" lang="en-US"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Christopher</span> <span class="surname">Antila</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Fedora Documentation Project</span></div><code class="email"><a class="email" href="mailto:crantila at fedoraproject.org">crantila at fedoraproject.org</a></code></div></div></div><hr /><div font-family="sans-serif,Symbol,ZapfDingbats" font-weight="bold" font-size="12pt" text-align="center"><div id="id592206" class="legalnotice"><h1 class="legalnotice">Legal Notice</h1><div class="para">
Copyright <span class="trademark"></span>© 2010 Red Hat, Inc. and others.
</div><div class="para">
The text of and illustrations in this document are licensed by Red Hat under a Creative Commons Attribution–Share Alike 3.0 Unported license ("CC-BY-SA"). An explanation of CC-BY-SA is available at <a href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</a>. The original authors of this document, and Red Hat, designate the Fedora Project as the "Attribution Party" for purposes of CC-BY-SA. In accordance with CC-BY-SA, if you distribute this document or an adaptation of it, you must provide the URL for the original version.
@@ -23,4 +23,4 @@
All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
</div></div></div><div font-family="sans-serif,Symbol,ZapfDingbats" font-weight="bold" font-size="12pt" text-align="center"><div class="abstract" title="Abstract"><h6>Abstract</h6><div class="para">
This document explores some audio-creation and music activities possible with Fedora Linux. Computer audio concepts are explained, and a selection of programs are demonstrated with tutorials showing a typical usage.
- </div></div></div></div><hr /></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="preface"><a href="pref-Musicians_Guide-Preface.html">Preface</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="pref-Musicians_Guide-Preface.html#id625285">1. Document Conventions</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="pref-Musicians_Guide-Preface.html#id625655">1.1. Typographic Conventions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="pref-Musicians_Guide-Preface.html#id670790">1.2. Pull-quote Conventions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="pref-Musicians_Guide-Preface.html#id958963">1.3. Notes and Warnings</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="pr01s02.html">2. We Need Feedback!</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="part"><a href="pt01.html">I. Linux Audio Basics</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Cards.html">1. Sound Cards and Digital Audio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="
section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Cards.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-What_Sound_Cards_Are">1.1. Types of Sound Cards</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Cards.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audio_Interfaces">1.1.1. Audio Interfaces</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Cards.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-MIDI_Interfaces">1.1.2. MIDI Interfaces</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Card_Connections.html">1.2. Sound Card Connections</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Card_Connections.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Motherboard_Integrated">1.2.1. Integrated into the Motherboard</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-PCI_Sound_Cards.html">1.2.2. Internal PCI Connection</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FireWire_Sound_Cards.html">1.2.3
. External FireWire Connection</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-USB_Sound_Cards.html">1.2.4. External USB Connection</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Choose_Sound_Card_Connection.html">1.2.5. Choosing a Connection Type</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Sample_Rate_and_Sample_Format.html">1.3. Sample, Sample Rate, Sample Format, and Bit Rate</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Sample_Rate_and_Sample_Format.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Sample">1.3.1. Sample</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Sample_Format.html">1.3.2. Sample Format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Sample_Rate.html">1.3.3. Sample Rate</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Bit_Rate.html">1.3.4. Bit Rate</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a
href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Bit_and_Sample_Rate_Conclusions.html">1.3.5. Conclusions</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary.html">1.4. Other Digital Audio Concepts</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary-MIDI_Sequencer">1.4.1. MIDI Sequencer</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary-Bus.html">1.4.2. Busses, Master Bus, and Sub-Master Bus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary-Level.html">1.4.3. Level (Volume/Loudness)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary-Panning_and_Balance.html">1.4.4. Panning and Balance</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary-Time.html">1.4.5. Time, Timeline, and Time-Shifting</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Vocab
ulary-Synchronization.html">1.4.6. Synchronization</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary-Routing_and_Multiplexing.html">1.4.7. Routing and Multiplexing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Multichannel_Audio.html">1.4.8. Multichannel Audio</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-How_Computers_Deal_with_Hardware.html">2. Software for Sound Cards</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-How_Computers_Deal_with_Hardware.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Servers-ALSA">2.1. How Linux Deals with Audio Hardware</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Servers_Section.html">2.2. Sound Servers</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Servers_Section.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Servers-PulseAudio">2.2.1. PulseAudio</a></span></dt><dt><span
class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Servers-JACK.html">2.2.2. JACK Audio Connection Kit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Servers-Phonon.html">2.2.3. Phonon</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Using_JACK.html">2.3. Using the JACK Audio Connection Kit</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Using_JACK.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Install_and_Configure_JACK">2.3.1. Installing and Configuring JACK</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Using_QjackCtl.html">2.3.2. Using QjackCtl</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Integrating_PulseAudio_with_JACK.html">2.3.3. Integrating PulseAudio with JACK</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Real_Time_and_Low_Latency.html">3. Real-Time and Low Latency</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span cl
ass="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Real_Time_and_Low_Latency.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Low_Latency">3.1. Why Low Latency Is Desirable</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Processor_Scheduling.html">3.2. Processor Scheduling</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Real_Time_Linux_Kernel.html">3.3. The Real-Time Linux Kernel</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Hard_and_Soft_Real_Time.html">3.4. Hard and Soft Real-Time</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Getting_Real_Time_Kernel_in_Fedora.html">3.5. Getting a Real-Time Kernel in Fedora Linux</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Planet_CCRMA_at_Home.html">4. Planet CCRMA at Home</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Planet_CCRMA_at_Home.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-What_Is_Planet_CCRMA">4.1. About Planet CC
RMA at Home</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Knowing_Whether_to_Use_Planet_CCRMA.html">4.2. Deciding Whether to Use Planet CCRMA at Home</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Knowing_Whether_to_Use_Planet_CCRMA.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-CCRMA_Need_Exclusive_Software">4.2.1. Exclusive Software</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-CCRMA_Security_and_Stability.html">4.2.2. Security and Stability</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-CCRMA_Best_Practices.html">4.2.3. A Possible "Best Practices" Solution</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Using_Planet_CCRMA_Software.html">4.3. Using Software from Planet CCRMA at Home</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Using_Planet_CCRMA_Software.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-CCRMA_Installing_Repository">4.3.1. Installi
ng the Planet CCRMA at Home Repositories</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-CCRMA_Repository_Priorities.html">4.3.2. Setting Repository Priorities</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-CCRMA_Preventing_Package_Updates.html">4.3.3. Preventing a Package from Being Updated</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="part"><a href="pt02.html">II. Audio and Music Software</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Audacity.html">5. Audacity</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Audacity.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Knowing_When_to_Use">5.1. Kowing When to Use Audacity</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Requirements_and_Installation.html">5.2. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Requiremen
ts_and_Installation.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Software_Requirements">5.2.1. Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Hardware_Requirements.html">5.2.2. Hardware Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation.html">5.2.3. Standard Installation</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation_with_RPM_Fusion.html">5.2.4. Installation with MP3 Support</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Playback.html">5.2.5. Post-Installation Testing: Playback</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Recording.html">5.2.6. Post-Installation Testing: Recording</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity_Configuration.html">5.3. Configuration</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="se
ction"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity_Configuration.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-First_Use">5.3.1. The First Time You Use Audacity</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Configure_to_Use_Your_Hardware.html">5.3.2. Configuring Audacity to Use Your Hardware</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Setting_Sample_Rate_and_Format.html">5.3.3. Setting the Project's Sample Rate and Format</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Interface.html">5.4. The Interface</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial.html">5.5. Creating a New Login Sound (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Files">5.5.1. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Gui
de-Audacity-Tutorial-Scenrario.html">5.5.2. Scenario</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Inspiration.html">5.5.3. Inspiration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Starting_Out.html">5.5.4. Starting Out</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Continuing_to_Record.html">5.5.5. Continuing to Record</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Aligning_Tracks.html">5.5.6. Aligning Tracks</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Stretching_Tracks.html">5.5.7. Stretching Tracks</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Adjusting_Volume_and_Removing_Noise.html">5.5.8. Adjusting a Track's Volume, and Removing Noise</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-T
utorial-Removing_Audio.html">5.5.9. Removing a Portion of Audio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Repeating_a_Segment.html">5.5.10. Repeating an Already-Recorded Segment</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Using_the_Phaser.html">5.5.11. Add a Silly Effect: Using the Phaser</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Further_Comments.html">5.5.12. Further Comments</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Saving_and_Exporting.html">5.6. Saving and Exporting</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Saving_and_Exporting.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Exporting_Part_of_a_File">5.6.1. Exporting Part of a File</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Exporting_a_Whole_File.html">5.6.2. Exporting
a Whole File</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Digital_Audio_Workstations.html">6. Digital Audio Workstations</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Digital_Audio_Workstations.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Knowing_Which_DAW_to_Use">6.1. Knowing Which DAW to Use</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Stages_of_Recording.html">6.2. Stages of Recording</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Stages_of_Recording.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Recording">6.2.1. Recording</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Mixing.html">6.2.2. Mixing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Mastering.html">6.2.3. Mastering</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Record_Mix_Master_More_Info.html">6.2.4. More Information</a></span></dt></dl></dd><d
t><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_Interface_Vocabulary.html">6.3. Interface Vocabulary</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_Interface_Vocabulary.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Session">6.3.1. Session</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Track_and_Multitrack.html">6.3.2. Track and Multitrack</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Region_Clip_Segment.html">6.3.3. Region, Clip, or Segment</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Session_Track_Region.html">6.3.4. Relationship of Session, Track, and Region</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Transport_and_Playhead.html">6.3.5. Transport and Playhead</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Automation.html">6.3.6. Automation</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_
User_Interface.html">6.4. User Interface</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_User_Interface.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Messages_Pane">6.4.1. "Messages" Pane</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_Clock.html">6.4.2. Clock</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Track_Info_Pane.html">6.4.3. "Track Info" Pane</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Track_Pane.html">6.4.4. "Track" Pane</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_Transport_Controls.html">6.4.5. Transport Controls</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Ardour.html">7. Ardour</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Ardour.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Requirements_and_Installation">7.1. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span cl
ass="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Ardour.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Knowledge_Requirements">7.1.1. Knowledge Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Ardour.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Software_Requirements">7.1.2. Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Ardour.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Hardware_Requirements">7.1.3. Hardware Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Ardour.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Installation">7.1.4. Installation</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording_a_Session.html">7.2. Recording a Session</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording_a_Session.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Running_Ardour">7.2.1. Running Ardour</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect
-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Interface.html">7.2.2. The Interface</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Setting_up_the_Timeline.html">7.2.3. Setting up the Timeline</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Connecting_Audio_Sources.html">7.2.4. Connecting Audio Sources to Ardour</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Setting_up_Busses_and_Tracks.html">7.2.5. Setting up the Busses and Tracks</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Adjusting_Recording_Level.html">7.2.6. Adjusting Recording Level (Volume)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Recording_a_Region.html">7.2.7. Recording a Region</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Recording_More.html">7.2.8. Recording More</a></span></d
t><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Routing_Audio.html">7.2.9. Routing Audio and Managing JACK Connections</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Importing_Existing_Audio.html">7.2.10. Importing Existing Audio</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Tutorial_Files.html">7.3. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing.html">7.4. Editing a Song (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Add_Tracks_and_Busses">7.4.1. Add Tracks and Busses</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Connect_Tracks_and_Busses.html">7.4.2. Connect the Tracks and Busses</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Edi
t_Groups.html">7.4.3. Creating Edit Groups</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Add_Regions_to_Tracks.html">7.4.4. Add Regions to Tracks</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Cut_Regions_Down_to_Size.html">7.4.5. Cut the Regions Down to Size</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Compare_Multiple_Recordings.html">7.4.6. Compare Multiple Recordings of the Same Thing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Arrange.html">7.4.7. Arrange Regions into the Right Places</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Listen.html">7.4.8. Listen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing.html">7.5. Mixing a Song (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mi
xing.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing-Enabling_Stereo_Output">7.5.1. Setting the Session for Stereo Output and Disabling Edit Groups</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing-Set_Initial_Levels.html">7.5.2. Set Initial Levels</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing-Set_Initial_Panning.html">7.5.3. Set Initial Panning</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing-Automation_Tracks.html">7.5.4. Make Further Adjustments with an Automation Track</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing-Other_Things.html">7.5.5. Other Things You Might Want to Do</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing-Listen.html">7.5.6. Listen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mastering.html">7.6. Mastering a Session</a></span></dt><dd><dl>
<dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mastering.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mastering-Ways_to_Export">7.6.1. Ways to Export Audio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mastering-Using_Export_Window.html">7.6.2. Using the Export Window</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor.html">8. Qtractor</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Requirements_and_Installation">8.1. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Knowledge_Requirements">8.1.1. Knowledge Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Software_Requirements">8.1.2. Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="s
ection"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Hardware_Requirements">8.1.3. Hardware Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Other_Requirements">8.1.4. Other Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Installation">8.1.5. Installation</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Configuration.html">8.2. Configuration</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Configuration.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Configuration-Audio_Tab">8.2.1. Audio Options</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Configuration-MIDI_Tab.html">8.2.2. MIDI Options</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Configuration-MIDI_Chann
el_Names.html">8.2.3. Configuring MIDI Channel Names</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Using.html">8.3. Using Qtractor</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Using.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Using-Blue_Place_Markers">8.3.1. Using the Blue Place-Markers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Using-MIDI_Tools.html">8.3.2. Using the MIDI Matrix Editor's Tools</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Using-JACK.html">8.3.3. Using JACK with Qtractor</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Using-Exporting_Audio_and_MIDI_Together.html">8.3.4. Exporting a Whole File (Audio and MIDI Together)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Using-Tips.html">8.3.5. Miscellaneous Tips</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="
section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial.html">8.4. Creating a MIDI Composition (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Inspiration">8.4.1. Inspiration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Requirements.html">8.4.2. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Getting_Qtractor_Ready.html">8.4.3. Getting Qtractor Ready</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Import_the_Audio_File.html">8.4.4. Import the Audio File</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Marking_the_First_Formal_Area.html">8.4.5. Marking the First Formal Area</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Creating_our_Theme.html">8
.4.6. Creating our Theme</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Repeat_the_Theme.html">8.4.7. Repeat the Theme</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Compose_the_Next_Part.html">8.4.8. Compose the Next Part</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_52_to_75.html">8.4.9. Qtractor's Measures 52 to 75</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_75_to_97.html">8.4.10. Qtractor's Measures 75 to 97</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measure_97.html">8.4.11. Qtractor's Measure 97</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_98_to_119.html">8.4.12. Qtractor's Measures 98 to 119</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measur
es_119_to_139.html">8.4.13. Qtractor's Measures 119 to 139</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_139_to_158.html">8.4.14. Qtractor's Measures 139 to 158</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_158_to_176.html">8.4.15. Qtractor's Measures 158 to 176</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_177_to_the_End.html">8.4.16. Qtractor's Measures 177 to the End</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden.html">9. Rosegarden</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Requirements_and_Installation">9.1. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Knowledge_Requirem
ents">9.1.1. Knowledge Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Software_Requirements">9.1.2. Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Hardware_Requirements">9.1.3. Hardware Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Other_Requirements">9.1.4. Other Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Installation">9.1.5. Installation</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Configuration.html">9.2. Configuration</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Configuration.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Configuration-JACK_an
d_Qsynth">9.2.1. Setup JACK and Qsynth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Configuration-Rosegarden.html">9.2.2. Setup Rosegarden</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden_and_LilyPond.html">9.3. Rosegarden and LilyPond</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Tutorial.html">9.4. Write a Song in Rosegarden (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Tutorial.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Tutorial-Bass_Line">9.4.1. Start the Score with a Bass Line</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Tutorial-Percussion_Track.html">9.4.2. Add a Percussion Track</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Tutorial-Spice_up_the_Percussion.html">9.4.3. Spice up the Percussion</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">
<a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Tutorial-Melody.html">9.4.4. Add a Melody</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Tutorial-Ways_to_Continue.html">9.4.5. Possible Ways to Continue</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth.html">10. FluidSynth</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-SoundFont_Technology_and_MIDI">10.1. SoundFont Technology and MIDI</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-How_to_Get_a_SoundFont">10.1.1. How to Get a SoundFont</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-MIDI_Terms">10.1.2. MIDI Instruments, Banks, Programs, and Patches</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Flu
idSynth.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-MIDI_Channels">10.1.3. MIDI Channels</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Requirements_and_Installation.html">10.2. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Requirements_and_Installation.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Req_and_Inst-Software_Requirements">10.2.1. Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Req_and_Inst-Installation.html">10.2.2. Thare Are Two Ways to Install FluidSynth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Req_and_Inst-Installation_with_Qsynth.html">10.2.3. Installation with Qsynth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Req_and_Inst-Installation_without_Qsynth.html">10.2.4. Installation without Qsynth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="s
ection"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Req_and_Inst-.html">10.2.5. Installation of SoundFont Files</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-In_a_Terminal.html">10.3. Using FluidSynth in a Terminal</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Configuring.html">10.4. Configuring Qsynth</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Configuring.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Configuring-Starting_FluidSynth">10.4.1. Starting FluidSynth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Configuring-SoundFont.html">10.4.2. SoundFont Configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Configuring-JACK_Output.html">10.4.3. JACK Output Configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Configuring-MIDI_Input.html">10.4.4.
MIDI Input Configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Configuring-Viewing_all_Settings.html">10.4.5. Viewing all FluidSynth Settings</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Assigning_Programs_to_Channels.html">10.5. Assigning Programs to Channels with Qsynth</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Assigning_Programs_to_Channels.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Changing_Number_of_Input_Channels">10.5.1. Changing the Number of MIDI Input Channels</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Saving_and_Reusing_Channel_Assignments.html">10.5.2. Saving and Reusing Channel Assignments</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Reverb_and_Chorus.html">10.6. Using Reverb and Chorus with Qsynth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href
="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Multiple_Instances.html">10.7. Multiple FluidSynth Instances with Qsynth</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-SuperCollider.html">11. SuperCollider</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-SuperCollider.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Technical_Convetions">11.1. Technical Conventions for This Chapter</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Requirements_and_Installation.html">11.2. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Requirements_and_Installation.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Req_and_Inst-Knowledge">11.2.1. Knowledge Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Req_and_Inst-Software_Requirements.html">11.2.2. Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Req_and_Inst-
Hardware_Requirements.html">11.2.3. Hardware Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-SC-Req_and_Inst-Available_Packages.html">11.2.4. Available SuperCollider Packages</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Req_and_Inst-Recommended_Installation.html">11.2.5. Recommended Installation</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Using_GEdit.html">11.3. Using GEdit to Write and Run SuperCollider Programs</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Using_GEdit.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Using_GEdit-Enable_and_Configure_SCEd">11.3.1. Enable and Configure SCEd in GEdit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Using_GEdit-Start_a_Server.html">11.3.2. Enable SuperCollider Mode and Start a Server</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Using_GEdit-Executing_Cod
e.html">11.3.3. Executing Code in GEdit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Using_GEdit-Other_Tips.html">11.3.4. Other Tips for Using GEdit with SuperCollider</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SuperCollider-Basic_Programming.html">11.4. Basic Programming in SuperCollider</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SuperCollider-Basic_Programming.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-First_Steps">11.4.1. First Steps</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Variables_and_Functions.html">11.4.2. Variables and Functions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Object_Oriented.html">11.4.3. Object-Oriented SuperCollider</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Sound_Making_Functions.html">11.4.4. Sound-
Making Functions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Multichannel_Audio.html">11.4.5. Multichannel Audio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Collections.html">11.4.6. Collections</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Repeating.html">11.4.7. Repeated Execution</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Conditional_Execution.html">11.4.8. Conditional Execution</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Combining_and_Mix.html">11.4.9. Combining Audio; the Mix Class</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-SynthDef_and_Synth.html">11.4.10. SynthDef and Synth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Busses.html">11.4.11.
Busses</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Ordering_and_Other_Features.html">11.4.12. Ordering and Other Synth Features</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Scheduling.html">11.4.13. Scheduling</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Getting_Help.html">11.4.14. How to Get Help</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Legal_Attribution.html">11.4.15. Legal Attribution</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SuperCollider-Composing.html">11.5. Composing with SuperCollider</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SuperCollider-Composing.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Tutorial_Files">11.5.1. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guid
e-SC-Composing-Inspiration.html">11.5.2. Inspiration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Designing_the_First_Part.html">11.5.3. Designing the First Part</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Designing_the_Second_Part.html">11.5.4. Designing the Second Part</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Creating_Ten_Pseudo-Random-Tones.html">11.5.5. Creating Ten Pseudo-Random Tones</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Scheduling_the_Tones.html">11.5.6. Scheduling the Tones</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Optimizing_the_Code.html">11.5.7. Optimizing the Code</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Making_a_Useful_Function_Out_of_the_Second_Part.html">11.5.8. Making a Useful Section out of the Second Part</a>
</span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Joining_the_Two_Parts.html">11.5.9. Joining the Two Parts</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SuperCollider-Exporting.html">11.6. Exporting Sound Files</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SuperCollider-Exporting.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Non_Real_Time_Synthesis">11.6.1. Non-Real-Time Synthesis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Recording_SuperColliders_Output.html">11.6.2. Recording SuperCollider's Output (Tutorial)</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond.html">12. LilyPond</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-How_LilyPond_Works">12.1. How LilyPond Works</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-
LilyPond-The_LilyPond_Approach.html">12.2. The LilyPond Approach</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Installation.html">12.3. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax.html">12.4. LilyPond Basics</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Letters_Are_Pitches">12.4.1. Letters Are Pitches</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Numbers_Are_Durations.html">12.4.2. Numbers Are Durations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Articulations.html">12.4.3. Articulations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Simultaneity.html">12.4.4. Simultaneity</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-
Chords.html">12.4.5. Chords</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Commands.html">12.4.6. Commands</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Source_Files.html">12.4.7. Source Files and Their Formatting</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Avoiding_Errors.html">12.4.8. Avoiding Errors</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Counterpoint.html">12.5. Working on a Counterpoint Exercise (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Counterpoint.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Counterpoint-Tutorial_Files">12.5.1. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Counterpoint-Starting_the_Score.html">12.5.2. Starting the Score</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musi
cians_Guide-LilyPond-Counterpoint-Adjusting_Frescobaldis_Output.html">12.5.3. Adjusting Frescobaldi's Output</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Counterpoint-Inputting.html">12.5.4. Inputting</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Counterpoint-Formatting_the_Score.html">12.5.5. Formatting the Score</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Orchestra.html">12.6. Working on an Orchestral Score (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Orchestra.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Orchestra-Tutorial_Files">12.6.1. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Orchestra-Starting_the_Score.html">12.6.2. Starting the Score</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Orchestra-Adjusting_Frescobaldis_Outpu
t.html">12.6.3. Adjusting Frescobaldi's Output</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Orchestra-Inputting.html">12.6.4. Inputting</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano.html">12.7. Working on a Piano Score (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano-Tutorial_Files">12.7.1. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano-Starting_the_Score.html">12.7.2. Starting the Score</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano-Adjusting_Frescobaldis_Output.html">12.7.3. Adjusting Frescobaldi's Output</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano-Inputting.html">12.7.4. Inputting</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Li
lyPond-Piano-Troubleshooting_Errors.html">12.7.5. Troubleshooting Errors</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano-Formatting.html">12.7.6. Formatting the Score (Piano Dynamics)</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Frescobaldi.html">13. Frescobaldi</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Frescobaldi.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Frescobaldi-Makes_LilyPond_Easier">13.1. Frescobaldi Makes LilyPond Easier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Frescobaldi-Installation.html">13.2. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Frescobaldi-Configuration.html">13.3. Configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Frescobaldi-Using.html">13.4. Using Frescobaldi</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="chap-Music
ians_Guide-Solfege.html">14. GNU Solfege</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Solfege.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Requirements_and_Installation">14.1. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Solfege.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Hardware_and_Software_Requirements">14.1.1. Hardware and Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Solfege.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Other_Requirements">14.1.2. Other Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Solfege.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Install">14.1.3. Required Installation</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Solfege.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Install_Csound">14.1.4. Optional Installation: Csound</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Solfege.html#sect-
Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Install_MMA">14.1.5. Optionsl Installation: MMA</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration.html">14.2. Configuration</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration-First_Time">14.2.1. When You Run Solfege for the First Time</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration-Instruments.html">14.2.2. Instruments</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration-External_Programs.html">14.2.3. External Programs</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration-Interface.html">14.2.4. Interface</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration-Practise.html">14.2.5. Practise</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec
t-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration-Sound_Setup.html">14.2.6. Sound Setup</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Training.html">14.3. Training Yourself</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Training.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Training-Aural_Skilla_and_Musical_Sensibility">14.3.1. Aural Skills and Musical Sensibility</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Training-Exercise_Types.html">14.3.2. Exercise Types</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Training-Making_an_Aural_Skills_Program.html">14.3.3. Making an Aural Skills Program</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Training-Supplementary_References.html">14.3.4. Supplementary References</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Using_the_Exercises.html
">14.4. Using the Exercises</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Using_the_Exercises.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Listening_Exercises">14.4.1. Listening</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Singing_Exercises.html">14.4.2. Singing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Configure_Yourself_Exericses.html">14.4.3. Configure Yourself</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Rhythm_Exercises.html">14.4.4. Rhythm</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Dictation_Exercises.html">14.4.5. Dictation</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Harmonic_Progressions.html">14.4.6. Harmonic Progressions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Intonation.html">14.4.7. Intonation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></dd>
<dt><span class="appendix"><a href="appe-Musicians_Guide-Revision_History.html">A. Revision History</a></span></dt><dt><span class="index"><a href="ix01.html">Index</a></span></dt></dl></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="pref-Musicians_Guide-Preface.html"><strong>Next</strong>Preface</a></li></ul></body></html>
+ </div></div></div></div><hr /></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="preface"><a href="pref-Musicians_Guide-Preface.html">Preface</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="pref-Musicians_Guide-Preface.html#id604071">1. Document Conventions</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="pref-Musicians_Guide-Preface.html#id489337">1.1. Typographic Conventions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="pref-Musicians_Guide-Preface.html#id613417">1.2. Pull-quote Conventions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="pref-Musicians_Guide-Preface.html#id625491">1.3. Notes and Warnings</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="pr01s02.html">2. We Need Feedback!</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="part"><a href="pt01.html">I. Linux Audio Basics</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Cards.html">1. Sound Cards and Digital Audio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="
section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Cards.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-What_Sound_Cards_Are">1.1. Types of Sound Cards</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Cards.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audio_Interfaces">1.1.1. Audio Interfaces</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Cards.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-MIDI_Interfaces">1.1.2. MIDI Interfaces</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Card_Connections.html">1.2. Sound Card Connections</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Card_Connections.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Motherboard_Integrated">1.2.1. Integrated into the Motherboard</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-PCI_Sound_Cards.html">1.2.2. Internal PCI Connection</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FireWire_Sound_Cards.html">1.2.3
. External FireWire Connection</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-USB_Sound_Cards.html">1.2.4. External USB Connection</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Choose_Sound_Card_Connection.html">1.2.5. Choosing a Connection Type</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Sample_Rate_and_Sample_Format.html">1.3. Sample, Sample Rate, Sample Format, and Bit Rate</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Sample_Rate_and_Sample_Format.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Sample">1.3.1. Sample</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Sample_Format.html">1.3.2. Sample Format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Sample_Rate.html">1.3.3. Sample Rate</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Bit_Rate.html">1.3.4. Bit Rate</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a
href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Bit_and_Sample_Rate_Conclusions.html">1.3.5. Conclusions</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary.html">1.4. Other Digital Audio Concepts</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary-MIDI_Sequencer">1.4.1. MIDI Sequencer</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary-Bus.html">1.4.2. Busses, Master Bus, and Sub-Master Bus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary-Level.html">1.4.3. Level (Volume/Loudness)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary-Panning_and_Balance.html">1.4.4. Panning and Balance</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary-Time.html">1.4.5. Time, Timeline, and Time-Shifting</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Vocab
ulary-Synchronization.html">1.4.6. Synchronization</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary-Routing_and_Multiplexing.html">1.4.7. Routing and Multiplexing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Multichannel_Audio.html">1.4.8. Multichannel Audio</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-How_Computers_Deal_with_Hardware.html">2. Software for Sound Cards</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-How_Computers_Deal_with_Hardware.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Servers-ALSA">2.1. How Linux Deals with Audio Hardware</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Servers_Section.html">2.2. Sound Servers</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Servers_Section.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Servers-PulseAudio">2.2.1. PulseAudio</a></span></dt><dt><span
class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Servers-JACK.html">2.2.2. JACK Audio Connection Kit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Servers-Phonon.html">2.2.3. Phonon</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Using_JACK.html">2.3. Using the JACK Audio Connection Kit</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Using_JACK.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Install_and_Configure_JACK">2.3.1. Installing and Configuring JACK</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Using_QjackCtl.html">2.3.2. Using QjackCtl</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Integrating_PulseAudio_with_JACK.html">2.3.3. Integrating PulseAudio with JACK</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Real_Time_and_Low_Latency.html">3. Real-Time and Low Latency</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span cl
ass="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Real_Time_and_Low_Latency.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Low_Latency">3.1. Why Low Latency Is Desirable</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Processor_Scheduling.html">3.2. Processor Scheduling</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Real_Time_Linux_Kernel.html">3.3. The Real-Time Linux Kernel</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Hard_and_Soft_Real_Time.html">3.4. Hard and Soft Real-Time</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Getting_Real_Time_Kernel_in_Fedora.html">3.5. Getting a Real-Time Kernel in Fedora Linux</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Planet_CCRMA_at_Home.html">4. Planet CCRMA at Home</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Planet_CCRMA_at_Home.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-What_Is_Planet_CCRMA">4.1. About Planet CC
RMA at Home</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Knowing_Whether_to_Use_Planet_CCRMA.html">4.2. Deciding Whether to Use Planet CCRMA at Home</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Knowing_Whether_to_Use_Planet_CCRMA.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-CCRMA_Need_Exclusive_Software">4.2.1. Exclusive Software</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-CCRMA_Security_and_Stability.html">4.2.2. Security and Stability</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-CCRMA_Best_Practices.html">4.2.3. A Possible "Best Practices" Solution</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Using_Planet_CCRMA_Software.html">4.3. Using Software from Planet CCRMA at Home</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Using_Planet_CCRMA_Software.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-CCRMA_Installing_Repository">4.3.1. Installi
ng the Planet CCRMA at Home Repositories</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-CCRMA_Repository_Priorities.html">4.3.2. Setting Repository Priorities</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-CCRMA_Preventing_Package_Updates.html">4.3.3. Preventing a Package from Being Updated</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="part"><a href="pt02.html">II. Audio and Music Software</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Audacity.html">5. Audacity</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Audacity.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Knowing_When_to_Use">5.1. Kowing When to Use Audacity</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Requirements_and_Installation.html">5.2. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Requiremen
ts_and_Installation.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Software_Requirements">5.2.1. Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Hardware_Requirements.html">5.2.2. Hardware Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation.html">5.2.3. Standard Installation</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation_with_RPM_Fusion.html">5.2.4. Installation with MP3 Support</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Playback.html">5.2.5. Post-Installation Test: Playback</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Recording.html">5.2.6. Post-Installation Test: Recording</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity_Configuration.html">5.3. Configuration</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"
><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity_Configuration.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-First_Use">5.3.1. When You Run Audacity for the First Time</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Configure_to_Use_Your_Hardware.html">5.3.2. Configuring Audacity for Your Sound Card</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Setting_Sample_Rate_and_Format.html">5.3.3. Setting the Project's Sample Rate and Format</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Interface.html">5.4. The Interface</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Recording.html">5.5. Recording</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Recording.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Recording-Start_to_Record">5.5.1. Start to Record</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Recordin
g-Continuing_to_Record.html">5.5.2. Continue to Record</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial.html">5.6. Creating a New Login Sound (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Files">5.6.1. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Scenario.html">5.6.2. Scenario</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Aligning_Tracks.html">5.6.3. Align Tracks</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Stretching_Tracks.html">5.6.4. Stretching Tracks</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Adjust_Volume_Level.html">5.6.5. Adjust the Volume Level</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Au
dacity-Tutorial-Remove_Noise.html">5.6.6. Remove Noise</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Fade_Out.html">5.6.7. Fade In or Out</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Removing_Audio.html">5.6.8. Remove Some Audio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Repeating_a_Segment.html">5.6.9. Repeat an Already-Recorded Segment</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Using_the_Phaser.html">5.6.10. Add a Special Effect (the Phaser)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Conclusion.html">5.6.11. Conclusion</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Save_and_Export.html">5.7. Save and Export</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Save_and_Export.
html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Exporting_Part_of_a_File">5.7.1. Export Part of a File</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Exporting_a_Whole_File.html">5.7.2. Export a Whole File</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Digital_Audio_Workstations.html">6. Digital Audio Workstations</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Digital_Audio_Workstations.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Knowing_Which_DAW_to_Use">6.1. Knowing Which DAW to Use</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Stages_of_Recording.html">6.2. Stages of Recording</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Stages_of_Recording.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Recording">6.2.1. Recording</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Mixing.html">6.2.2. Mixing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href
="sect-Musicians_Guide-Mastering.html">6.2.3. Mastering</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Record_Mix_Master_More_Info.html">6.2.4. More Information</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_Interface_Vocabulary.html">6.3. Interface Vocabulary</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_Interface_Vocabulary.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Session">6.3.1. Session</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Track_and_Multitrack.html">6.3.2. Track and Multitrack</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Region_Clip_Segment.html">6.3.3. Region, Clip, or Segment</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Session_Track_Region.html">6.3.4. Relationship of Session, Track, and Region</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Transport_and_Playhead.html">6.3.5. Tr
ansport and Playhead</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Automation.html">6.3.6. Automation</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_User_Interface.html">6.4. User Interface</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_User_Interface.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Messages_Pane">6.4.1. "Messages" Pane</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_Clock.html">6.4.2. Clock</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Track_Info_Pane.html">6.4.3. "Track Info" Pane</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Track_Pane.html">6.4.4. "Track" Pane</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_Transport_Controls.html">6.4.5. Transport Controls</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Ardour.html">7. Ardour</a></spa
n></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Ardour.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Requirements_and_Installation">7.1. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Ardour.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Knowledge_Requirements">7.1.1. Knowledge Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Ardour.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Software_Requirements">7.1.2. Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Ardour.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Hardware_Requirements">7.1.3. Hardware Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Ardour.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Installation">7.1.4. Installation</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording_a_Session.html">7.2. Recording a Session</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><s
pan class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording_a_Session.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Running_Ardour">7.2.1. Running Ardour</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Interface.html">7.2.2. The Interface</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Setting_up_the_Timeline.html">7.2.3. Setting up the Timeline</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Connecting_Audio_Sources.html">7.2.4. Connecting Audio Sources to Ardour</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Setting_up_Busses_and_Tracks.html">7.2.5. Setting up the Busses and Tracks</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Adjusting_Recording_Level.html">7.2.6. Adjusting Recording Level (Volume)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-
Ardour-Recording-Recording_a_Region.html">7.2.7. Recording a Region</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Recording_More.html">7.2.8. Recording More</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Routing_Audio.html">7.2.9. Routing Audio and Managing JACK Connections</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Importing_Existing_Audio.html">7.2.10. Importing Existing Audio</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Tutorial_Files.html">7.3. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing.html">7.4. Editing a Song (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Add_Tracks_and_Busses">7.4.1. Add Tracks and Busses</a></span></dt><dt><span class="
section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Connect_Tracks_and_Busses.html">7.4.2. Connect the Tracks and Busses</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Edit_Groups.html">7.4.3. Creating Edit Groups</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Add_Regions_to_Tracks.html">7.4.4. Add Regions to Tracks</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Cut_Regions_Down_to_Size.html">7.4.5. Cut the Regions Down to Size</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Compare_Multiple_Recordings.html">7.4.6. Compare Multiple Recordings of the Same Thing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Arrange.html">7.4.7. Arrange Regions into the Right Places</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Listen.html">7.4.8. Listen</a></sp
an></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing.html">7.5. Mixing a Song (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing-Enabling_Stereo_Output">7.5.1. Setting the Session for Stereo Output and Disabling Edit Groups</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing-Set_Initial_Levels.html">7.5.2. Set Initial Levels</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing-Set_Initial_Panning.html">7.5.3. Set Initial Panning</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing-Automation_Tracks.html">7.5.4. Make Further Adjustments with an Automation Track</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing-Other_Things.html">7.5.5. Other Things You Might Want to Do</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="se
ct-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing-Listen.html">7.5.6. Listen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mastering.html">7.6. Mastering a Session</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mastering.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mastering-Ways_to_Export">7.6.1. Ways to Export Audio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mastering-Using_Export_Window.html">7.6.2. Using the Export Window</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor.html">8. Qtractor</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Requirements_and_Installation">8.1. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Knowledge_Requirements">8.1.1. Knowledge R
equirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Software_Requirements">8.1.2. Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Hardware_Requirements">8.1.3. Hardware Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Other_Requirements">8.1.4. Other Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Installation">8.1.5. Installation</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Configuration.html">8.2. Configuration</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Configuration.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Configuration-Audio_Tab">8.2.1. Audio Options</a></span></dt><dt><s
pan class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Configuration-MIDI_Tab.html">8.2.2. MIDI Options</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Configuration-MIDI_Channel_Names.html">8.2.3. Configuring MIDI Channel Names</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Using.html">8.3. Using Qtractor</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Using.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Using-Blue_Place_Markers">8.3.1. Using the Blue Place-Markers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Using-MIDI_Tools.html">8.3.2. Using the MIDI Matrix Editor's Tools</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Using-JACK.html">8.3.3. Using JACK with Qtractor</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Using-Exporting_Audio_and_MIDI_Together.html">8.3.4. Ex
porting a Whole File (Audio and MIDI Together)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Using-Tips.html">8.3.5. Miscellaneous Tips</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial.html">8.4. Creating a MIDI Composition (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Inspiration">8.4.1. Inspiration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Requirements.html">8.4.2. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Getting_Qtractor_Ready.html">8.4.3. Getting Qtractor Ready</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Import_the_Audio_File.html">8.4.4. Import the Audio File</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_
Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Marking_the_First_Formal_Area.html">8.4.5. Marking the First Formal Area</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Creating_our_Theme.html">8.4.6. Creating our Theme</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Repeat_the_Theme.html">8.4.7. Repeat the Theme</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Compose_the_Next_Part.html">8.4.8. Compose the Next Part</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_52_to_75.html">8.4.9. Qtractor's Measures 52 to 75</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_75_to_97.html">8.4.10. Qtractor's Measures 75 to 97</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measure_97.html">8.4.11. Qtractor's Measure 97</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sec
tion"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_98_to_119.html">8.4.12. Qtractor's Measures 98 to 119</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_119_to_139.html">8.4.13. Qtractor's Measures 119 to 139</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_139_to_158.html">8.4.14. Qtractor's Measures 139 to 158</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_158_to_176.html">8.4.15. Qtractor's Measures 158 to 176</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_177_to_the_End.html">8.4.16. Qtractor's Measures 177 to the End</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden.html">9. Rosegarden</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden
-Requirements_and_Installation">9.1. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Knowledge_Requirements">9.1.1. Knowledge Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Software_Requirements">9.1.2. Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Hardware_Requirements">9.1.3. Hardware Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Other_Requirements">9.1.4. Other Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Installation">9.1.5. Installation</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-
Rosegarden-Configuration.html">9.2. Configuration</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Configuration.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Configuration-JACK_and_Qsynth">9.2.1. Setup JACK and Qsynth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Configuration-Rosegarden.html">9.2.2. Setup Rosegarden</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden_and_LilyPond.html">9.3. Rosegarden and LilyPond</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Tutorial.html">9.4. Write a Song in Rosegarden (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Tutorial.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Tutorial-Bass_Line">9.4.1. Start the Score with a Bass Line</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Tutorial-Percussion_Track.html">9.4.2. Add
a Percussion Track</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Tutorial-Spice_up_the_Percussion.html">9.4.3. Spice up the Percussion</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Tutorial-Melody.html">9.4.4. Add a Melody</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Tutorial-Ways_to_Continue.html">9.4.5. Possible Ways to Continue</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth.html">10. FluidSynth</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-SoundFont_Technology_and_MIDI">10.1. SoundFont Technology and MIDI</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-How_to_Get_a_SoundFont">10.1.1. How to Get a SoundFont</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href
="chap-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-MIDI_Terms">10.1.2. MIDI Instruments, Banks, Programs, and Patches</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-MIDI_Channels">10.1.3. MIDI Channels</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Requirements_and_Installation.html">10.2. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Requirements_and_Installation.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Req_and_Inst-Software_Requirements">10.2.1. Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Req_and_Inst-Installation.html">10.2.2. Thare Are Two Ways to Install FluidSynth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Req_and_Inst-Installation_with_Qsynth.html">10.2.3. Installatio
n with Qsynth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Req_and_Inst-Installation_without_Qsynth.html">10.2.4. Installation without Qsynth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Req_and_Inst-.html">10.2.5. Installation of SoundFont Files</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-In_a_Terminal.html">10.3. Using FluidSynth in a Terminal</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Configuring.html">10.4. Configuring Qsynth</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Configuring.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Configuring-Starting_FluidSynth">10.4.1. Starting FluidSynth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Configuring-SoundFont.html">10.4.2. SoundFont Configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="se
ct-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Configuring-JACK_Output.html">10.4.3. JACK Output Configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Configuring-MIDI_Input.html">10.4.4. MIDI Input Configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Configuring-Viewing_all_Settings.html">10.4.5. Viewing all FluidSynth Settings</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Assigning_Programs_to_Channels.html">10.5. Assigning Programs to Channels with Qsynth</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Assigning_Programs_to_Channels.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Changing_Number_of_Input_Channels">10.5.1. Changing the Number of MIDI Input Channels</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Saving_and_Reusing_Channel_Assignments.html">10.5.2. Saving and Reusing Channel Assign
ments</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Reverb_and_Chorus.html">10.6. Using Reverb and Chorus with Qsynth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Multiple_Instances.html">10.7. Multiple FluidSynth Instances with Qsynth</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-SuperCollider.html">11. SuperCollider</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-SuperCollider.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Technical_Convetions">11.1. Technical Conventions for This Chapter</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Requirements_and_Installation.html">11.2. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Requirements_and_Installation.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Req_and_Inst-Knowledge">11.2.1. Knowledge Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><
span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Req_and_Inst-Software_Requirements.html">11.2.2. Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Req_and_Inst-Hardware_Requirements.html">11.2.3. Hardware Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-SC-Req_and_Inst-Available_Packages.html">11.2.4. Available SuperCollider Packages</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Req_and_Inst-Recommended_Installation.html">11.2.5. Recommended Installation</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Using_GEdit.html">11.3. Using GEdit to Write and Run SuperCollider Programs</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Using_GEdit.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Using_GEdit-Enable_and_Configure_SCEd">11.3.1. Enable and Configure SCEd in GEdit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a hre
f="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Using_GEdit-Start_a_Server.html">11.3.2. Enable SuperCollider Mode and Start a Server</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Using_GEdit-Executing_Code.html">11.3.3. Executing Code in GEdit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Using_GEdit-Other_Tips.html">11.3.4. Other Tips for Using GEdit with SuperCollider</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SuperCollider-Basic_Programming.html">11.4. Basic Programming in SuperCollider</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SuperCollider-Basic_Programming.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-First_Steps">11.4.1. First Steps</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Variables_and_Functions.html">11.4.2. Variables and Functions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-B
asic_Programming-Object_Oriented.html">11.4.3. Object-Oriented SuperCollider</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Sound_Making_Functions.html">11.4.4. Sound-Making Functions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Multichannel_Audio.html">11.4.5. Multichannel Audio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Collections.html">11.4.6. Collections</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Repeating.html">11.4.7. Repeated Execution</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Conditional_Execution.html">11.4.8. Conditional Execution</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Combining_and_Mix.html">11.4.9. Combining Audio; the Mix Class</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a hr
ef="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-SynthDef_and_Synth.html">11.4.10. SynthDef and Synth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Busses.html">11.4.11. Busses</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Ordering_and_Other_Features.html">11.4.12. Ordering and Other Synth Features</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Scheduling.html">11.4.13. Scheduling</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Getting_Help.html">11.4.14. How to Get Help</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Legal_Attribution.html">11.4.15. Legal Attribution</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SuperCollider-Composing.html">11.5. Composing with SuperCollider</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sectio
n"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SuperCollider-Composing.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Tutorial_Files">11.5.1. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Inspiration.html">11.5.2. Inspiration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Designing_the_First_Part.html">11.5.3. Designing the First Part</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Designing_the_Second_Part.html">11.5.4. Designing the Second Part</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Creating_Ten_Pseudo-Random-Tones.html">11.5.5. Creating Ten Pseudo-Random Tones</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Scheduling_the_Tones.html">11.5.6. Scheduling the Tones</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Optimizing_the_Code.html">11.5.7. Opti
mizing the Code</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Making_a_Useful_Function_Out_of_the_Second_Part.html">11.5.8. Making a Useful Section out of the Second Part</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Joining_the_Two_Parts.html">11.5.9. Joining the Two Parts</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SuperCollider-Exporting.html">11.6. Exporting Sound Files</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SuperCollider-Exporting.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Non_Real_Time_Synthesis">11.6.1. Non-Real-Time Synthesis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Recording_SuperColliders_Output.html">11.6.2. Recording SuperCollider's Output (Tutorial)</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond.html">12. LilyPond</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt>
<span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-How_LilyPond_Works">12.1. How LilyPond Works</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-The_LilyPond_Approach.html">12.2. The LilyPond Approach</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Installation.html">12.3. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax.html">12.4. LilyPond Basics</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Letters_Are_Pitches">12.4.1. Letters Are Pitches</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Numbers_Are_Durations.html">12.4.2. Numbers Are Durations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Articulations.html">12.4.3. Articulations</a
></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Simultaneity.html">12.4.4. Simultaneity</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Chords.html">12.4.5. Chords</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Commands.html">12.4.6. Commands</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Source_Files.html">12.4.7. Source Files and Their Formatting</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Avoiding_Errors.html">12.4.8. Avoiding Errors</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Counterpoint.html">12.5. Working on a Counterpoint Exercise (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Counterpoint.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Counterpoint-Tutorial_Files">12.5.1. Files for the T
utorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Counterpoint-Starting_the_Score.html">12.5.2. Starting the Score</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Counterpoint-Adjusting_Frescobaldis_Output.html">12.5.3. Adjusting Frescobaldi's Output</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Counterpoint-Inputting.html">12.5.4. Inputting</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Counterpoint-Formatting_the_Score.html">12.5.5. Formatting the Score</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Orchestra.html">12.6. Working on an Orchestral Score (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Orchestra.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Orchestra-Tutorial_Files">12.6.1. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href
="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Orchestra-Starting_the_Score.html">12.6.2. Starting the Score</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Orchestra-Adjusting_Frescobaldis_Output.html">12.6.3. Adjusting Frescobaldi's Output</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Orchestra-Inputting.html">12.6.4. Inputting</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano.html">12.7. Working on a Piano Score (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano-Tutorial_Files">12.7.1. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano-Starting_the_Score.html">12.7.2. Starting the Score</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano-Adjusting_Frescobaldis_Output.html">12.7.3. Adjusting Fr
escobaldi's Output</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano-Inputting.html">12.7.4. Inputting</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano-Troubleshooting_Errors.html">12.7.5. Troubleshooting Errors</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano-Formatting.html">12.7.6. Formatting the Score (Piano Dynamics)</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Frescobaldi.html">13. Frescobaldi</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Frescobaldi.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Frescobaldi-Makes_LilyPond_Easier">13.1. Frescobaldi Makes LilyPond Easier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Frescobaldi-Installation.html">13.2. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Frescobaldi-Configuration.htm
l">13.3. Configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Frescobaldi-Using.html">13.4. Using Frescobaldi</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Solfege.html">14. GNU Solfege</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Solfege.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Requirements_and_Installation">14.1. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Solfege.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Hardware_and_Software_Requirements">14.1.1. Hardware and Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Solfege.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Other_Requirements">14.1.2. Other Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Solfege.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Install">14.1.3. Required Installation</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a
href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Solfege.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Install_Csound">14.1.4. Optional Installation: Csound</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Solfege.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Install_MMA">14.1.5. Optionsl Installation: MMA</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration.html">14.2. Configuration</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration-First_Time">14.2.1. When You Run Solfege for the First Time</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration-Instruments.html">14.2.2. Instruments</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration-External_Programs.html">14.2.3. External Programs</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration-
Interface.html">14.2.4. Interface</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration-Practise.html">14.2.5. Practise</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration-Sound_Setup.html">14.2.6. Sound Setup</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Training.html">14.3. Training Yourself</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Training.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Training-Aural_Skilla_and_Musical_Sensibility">14.3.1. Aural Skills and Musical Sensibility</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Training-Exercise_Types.html">14.3.2. Exercise Types</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Training-Making_an_Aural_Skills_Program.html">14.3.3. Making an Aural Skills Program</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec
t-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Training-Supplementary_References.html">14.3.4. Supplementary References</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Using_the_Exercises.html">14.4. Using the Exercises</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Using_the_Exercises.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Listening_Exercises">14.4.1. Listening</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Singing_Exercises.html">14.4.2. Singing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Configure_Yourself_Exericses.html">14.4.3. Configure Yourself</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Rhythm_Exercises.html">14.4.4. Rhythm</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Dictation_Exercises.html">14.4.5. Dictation</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Harmon
ic_Progressions.html">14.4.6. Harmonic Progressions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Intonation.html">14.4.7. Intonation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="appendix"><a href="appe-Musicians_Guide-Revision_History.html">A. Revision History</a></span></dt><dt><span class="index"><a href="ix01.html">Index</a></span></dt></dl></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="pref-Musicians_Guide-Preface.html"><strong>Next</strong>Preface</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/ix01.html b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/ix01.html
index dc13150..ecf2bd3 100644
--- a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/ix01.html
+++ b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/ix01.html
@@ -1,3 +1,3 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>Index</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="prev" href="appe-Musicians_Guide-Revision_History.html" title="Appendix A. Revision History" /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Cont
ent/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="appe-Musicians_Guide-Revision_History.html"><strong>Prev</strong></a></li><li class="next"></li></ul><div class="index" title="Index" id="id600181"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">Index</h2></div></div></div><div class="index"><div class="indexdiv"><h3>F</h3><dl><dt>feedback</dt><dd><dl><dt>contact information for this manual, <a class="indexterm" href="pr01s02.html">We Need Feedback!</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="appe-Musicians_Guide-Revision_History.html"><strong>Prev</strong>Appendix A. Revision History</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>Up</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">
<strong>Home</strong></a></li></ul></body></html>
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>Index</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="prev" href="appe-Musicians_Guide-Revision_History.html" title="Appendix A. Revision History" /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Cont
ent/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="appe-Musicians_Guide-Revision_History.html"><strong>Prev</strong></a></li><li class="next"></li></ul><div class="index" title="Index" id="id1689166"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">Index</h2></div></div></div><div class="index"><div class="indexdiv"><h3>F</h3><dl><dt>feedback</dt><dd><dl><dt>contact information for this manual, <a class="indexterm" href="pr01s02.html">We Need Feedback!</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="appe-Musicians_Guide-Revision_History.html"><strong>Prev</strong>Appendix A. Revision History</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>Up</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"
><strong>Home</strong></a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/pr01s02.html b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/pr01s02.html
index c6cfe69..a5fd942 100644
--- a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/pr01s02.html
+++ b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/pr01s02.html
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>2. We Need Feedback!</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="up" href="pref-Musicians_Guide-Preface.html" title="Preface" /><link rel="prev" href="pref-Musicians_Guide-Preface.html" title="Preface" /><link rel="next" href="pt01.html" title="Part I. Linux Audio Basics" /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a
class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="pref-Musicians_Guide-Preface.html"><strong>Prev</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="pt01.html"><strong>Next</strong></a></li></ul><div xml:lang="en-US" class="section" title="2. We Need Feedback!" lang="en-US"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="id748392">2. We Need Feedback!</h2></div></div></div><a id="id685705" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>2. We Need Feedback!</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="up" href="pref-Musicians_Guide-Preface.html" title="Preface" /><link rel="prev" href="pref-Musicians_Guide-Preface.html" title="Preface" /><link rel="next" href="pt01.html" title="Part I. Linux Audio Basics" /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a
class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="pref-Musicians_Guide-Preface.html"><strong>Prev</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="pt01.html"><strong>Next</strong></a></li></ul><div xml:lang="en-US" class="section" title="2. We Need Feedback!" lang="en-US"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="id509106">2. We Need Feedback!</h2></div></div></div><a id="id509118" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
If you find a typographical error in this manual, or if you have thought of a way to make this manual better, we would love to hear from you! Please submit a report in Bugzilla: <a href="http://bugzilla.redhat.com/bugzilla/">http://bugzilla.redhat.com/bugzilla/</a> against the product <span class="application"><strong>Fedora Documentation.</strong></span>
</div><div class="para">
When submitting a bug report, be sure to mention the manual's identifier: <em class="citetitle">musicians-guide</em>
diff --git a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/pref-Musicians_Guide-Preface.html b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/pref-Musicians_Guide-Preface.html
index d8c763a..244b886 100644
--- a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/pref-Musicians_Guide-Preface.html
+++ b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/pref-Musicians_Guide-Preface.html
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>Preface</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="next" href="pr01s02.html" title="2. We Need Feedback!" /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.o
rg"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html"><strong>Prev</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="pr01s02.html"><strong>Next</strong></a></li></ul><div xml:lang="en-US" class="preface" title="Preface" id="pref-Musicians_Guide-Preface" lang="en-US"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title">Preface</h1></div></div></div><div xml:lang="en-US" class="section" title="1. Document Conventions" lang="en-US"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="id625285">1. Document Conventions</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>Preface</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="next" href="pr01s02.html" title="2. We Need Feedback!" /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.o
rg"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html"><strong>Prev</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="pr01s02.html"><strong>Next</strong></a></li></ul><div xml:lang="en-US" class="preface" title="Preface" id="pref-Musicians_Guide-Preface" lang="en-US"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title">Preface</h1></div></div></div><div xml:lang="en-US" class="section" title="1. Document Conventions" lang="en-US"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="id604071">1. Document Conventions</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
This manual uses several conventions to highlight certain words and phrases and draw attention to specific pieces of information.
</div><div class="para">
In PDF and paper editions, this manual uses typefaces drawn from the <a href="https://fedorahosted.org/liberation-fonts/">Liberation Fonts</a> set. The Liberation Fonts set is also used in HTML editions if the set is installed on your system. If not, alternative but equivalent typefaces are displayed. Note: Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 and later includes the Liberation Fonts set by default.
- </div><div class="section" title="1.1. Typographic Conventions"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="id625655">1.1. Typographic Conventions</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+ </div><div class="section" title="1.1. Typographic Conventions"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="id489337">1.1. Typographic Conventions</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
Four typographic conventions are used to call attention to specific words and phrases. These conventions, and the circumstances they apply to, are as follows.
</div><div class="para">
<code class="literal">Mono-spaced Bold</code>
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
Aside from standard usage for presenting the title of a work, italics denotes the first use of a new and important term. For example:
</div><div class="blockquote"><blockquote class="blockquote"><div class="para">
Publican is a <em class="firstterm">DocBook</em> publishing system.
- </div></blockquote></div></div><div class="section" title="1.2. Pull-quote Conventions"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="id670790">1.2. Pull-quote Conventions</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+ </div></blockquote></div></div><div class="section" title="1.2. Pull-quote Conventions"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="id613417">1.2. Pull-quote Conventions</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
Terminal output and source code listings are set off visually from the surrounding text.
</div><div class="para">
Output sent to a terminal is set in <code class="computeroutput">mono-spaced roman</code> and presented thus:
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ books_tests Desktop1 downloads images notes scripts svgs</pre><div cla
System.<span class="perl_Function">out</span>.<span class="perl_Function">println</span>(<span class="perl_String">"Echo.echo('Hello') = "</span> + echo.<span class="perl_Function">echo</span>(<span class="perl_String">"Hello"</span>));
}
-}</pre></div><div class="section" title="1.3. Notes and Warnings"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="id958963">1.3. Notes and Warnings</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+}</pre></div><div class="section" title="1.3. Notes and Warnings"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="id625491">1.3. Notes and Warnings</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
Finally, we use three visual styles to draw attention to information that might otherwise be overlooked.
</div><div class="note"><h2>Note</h2><div class="para">
Notes are tips, shortcuts or alternative approaches to the task at hand. Ignoring a note should have no negative consequences, but you might miss out on a trick that makes your life easier.
diff --git a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/pt01.html b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/pt01.html
index 3594909..01145f1 100644
--- a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/pt01.html
+++ b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/pt01.html
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>Part I. Linux Audio Basics</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="prev" href="pr01s02.html" title="2. We Need Feedback!" /><link rel="next" href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Cards.html" title="Chapter 1. Sound Cards and Digital Audio" /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</i
frame></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="pr01s02.html"><strong>Prev</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Cards.html"><strong>Next</strong></a></li></ul><div class="part" title="Part I. Linux Audio Basics" id="id610999"><div class="titlepage"><div><div text-align="center"><h1 class="title">Part I. Linux Audio Basics</h1></div></div></div><div class="partintro" title="Linux Audio Basics" id="id611006"><div></div><div class="para">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>Part I. Linux Audio Basics</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="prev" href="pr01s02.html" title="2. We Need Feedback!" /><link rel="next" href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Cards.html" title="Chapter 1. Sound Cards and Digital Audio" /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</i
frame></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="pr01s02.html"><strong>Prev</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Cards.html"><strong>Next</strong></a></li></ul><div class="part" title="Part I. Linux Audio Basics" id="id468020"><div class="titlepage"><div><div text-align="center"><h1 class="title">Part I. Linux Audio Basics</h1></div></div></div><div class="partintro" title="Linux Audio Basics" id="id468026"><div></div><div class="para">
asdf
</div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Cards.html">1. Sound Cards and Digital Audio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Cards.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-What_Sound_Cards_Are">1.1. Types of Sound Cards</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Cards.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audio_Interfaces">1.1.1. Audio Interfaces</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Cards.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-MIDI_Interfaces">1.1.2. MIDI Interfaces</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Card_Connections.html">1.2. Sound Card Connections</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Card_Connections.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Motherboard_Integrated">1.2.1. Integrated into the Motherboard</a></span></dt><dt>
<span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-PCI_Sound_Cards.html">1.2.2. Internal PCI Connection</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FireWire_Sound_Cards.html">1.2.3. External FireWire Connection</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-USB_Sound_Cards.html">1.2.4. External USB Connection</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Choose_Sound_Card_Connection.html">1.2.5. Choosing a Connection Type</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Sample_Rate_and_Sample_Format.html">1.3. Sample, Sample Rate, Sample Format, and Bit Rate</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Sample_Rate_and_Sample_Format.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Sample">1.3.1. Sample</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Sample_Format.html">1.3.2. Sample Format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a hr
ef="sect-Musicians_Guide-Sample_Rate.html">1.3.3. Sample Rate</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Bit_Rate.html">1.3.4. Bit Rate</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Bit_and_Sample_Rate_Conclusions.html">1.3.5. Conclusions</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary.html">1.4. Other Digital Audio Concepts</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary-MIDI_Sequencer">1.4.1. MIDI Sequencer</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary-Bus.html">1.4.2. Busses, Master Bus, and Sub-Master Bus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary-Level.html">1.4.3. Level (Volume/Loudness)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary-Panning_and_Balance.html">1.4.4. Panning and Balance</a
></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary-Time.html">1.4.5. Time, Timeline, and Time-Shifting</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary-Synchronization.html">1.4.6. Synchronization</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Vocabulary-Routing_and_Multiplexing.html">1.4.7. Routing and Multiplexing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Multichannel_Audio.html">1.4.8. Multichannel Audio</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-How_Computers_Deal_with_Hardware.html">2. Software for Sound Cards</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-How_Computers_Deal_with_Hardware.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Servers-ALSA">2.1. How Linux Deals with Audio Hardware</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Servers_Section.html">2.2. So
und Servers</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Servers_Section.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Servers-PulseAudio">2.2.1. PulseAudio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Servers-JACK.html">2.2.2. JACK Audio Connection Kit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Servers-Phonon.html">2.2.3. Phonon</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Using_JACK.html">2.3. Using the JACK Audio Connection Kit</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Using_JACK.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Install_and_Configure_JACK">2.3.1. Installing and Configuring JACK</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Using_QjackCtl.html">2.3.2. Using QjackCtl</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Integrating_PulseAudio_with_JACK.html">2.3.3. Integrating
PulseAudio with JACK</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Real_Time_and_Low_Latency.html">3. Real-Time and Low Latency</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Real_Time_and_Low_Latency.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Low_Latency">3.1. Why Low Latency Is Desirable</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Processor_Scheduling.html">3.2. Processor Scheduling</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Real_Time_Linux_Kernel.html">3.3. The Real-Time Linux Kernel</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Hard_and_Soft_Real_Time.html">3.4. Hard and Soft Real-Time</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Getting_Real_Time_Kernel_in_Fedora.html">3.5. Getting a Real-Time Kernel in Fedora Linux</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Planet_CCRM
A_at_Home.html">4. Planet CCRMA at Home</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Planet_CCRMA_at_Home.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-What_Is_Planet_CCRMA">4.1. About Planet CCRMA at Home</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Knowing_Whether_to_Use_Planet_CCRMA.html">4.2. Deciding Whether to Use Planet CCRMA at Home</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Knowing_Whether_to_Use_Planet_CCRMA.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-CCRMA_Need_Exclusive_Software">4.2.1. Exclusive Software</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-CCRMA_Security_and_Stability.html">4.2.2. Security and Stability</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-CCRMA_Best_Practices.html">4.2.3. A Possible "Best Practices" Solution</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Using_Planet_CCRMA_Software.html">4.3. Using Soft
ware from Planet CCRMA at Home</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Using_Planet_CCRMA_Software.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-CCRMA_Installing_Repository">4.3.1. Installing the Planet CCRMA at Home Repositories</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-CCRMA_Repository_Priorities.html">4.3.2. Setting Repository Priorities</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-CCRMA_Preventing_Package_Updates.html">4.3.3. Preventing a Package from Being Updated</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="pr01s02.html"><strong>Prev</strong>2. We Need Feedback!</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>Up</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>Home</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Cards.html"><strong>Next</strong>Chap
ter 1. Sound Cards and Digital Audio</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/pt02.html b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/pt02.html
index ff1ed87..7155b42 100644
--- a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/pt02.html
+++ b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/pt02.html
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>Part II. Audio and Music Software</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="prev" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-CCRMA_Preventing_Package_Updates.html" title="4.3.3. Preventing a Package from Being Updated" /><link rel="next" href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Audacity.html" title="Chapter 5. Audacity" /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to vi
ew it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-CCRMA_Preventing_Package_Updates.html"><strong>Prev</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Audacity.html"><strong>Next</strong></a></li></ul><div class="part" title="Part II. Audio and Music Software" id="id622945"><div class="titlepage"><div><div text-align="center"><h1 class="title">Part II. Audio and Music Software</h1></div></div></div><div class="partintro" title="Audio and Music Software" id="id622952"><div></div><div class="para">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>Part II. Audio and Music Software</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="prev" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-CCRMA_Preventing_Package_Updates.html" title="4.3.3. Preventing a Package from Being Updated" /><link rel="next" href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Audacity.html" title="Chapter 5. Audacity" /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to vi
ew it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-CCRMA_Preventing_Package_Updates.html"><strong>Prev</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Audacity.html"><strong>Next</strong></a></li></ul><div class="part" title="Part II. Audio and Music Software" id="id481566"><div class="titlepage"><div><div text-align="center"><h1 class="title">Part II. Audio and Music Software</h1></div></div></div><div class="partintro" title="Audio and Music Software" id="id481573"><div></div><div class="para">
asdf
- </div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Audacity.html">5. Audacity</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Audacity.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Knowing_When_to_Use">5.1. Kowing When to Use Audacity</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Requirements_and_Installation.html">5.2. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Requirements_and_Installation.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Software_Requirements">5.2.1. Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Hardware_Requirements.html">5.2.2. Hardware Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation.html">5.2.3. Standard Installation</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a hre
f="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation_with_RPM_Fusion.html">5.2.4. Installation with MP3 Support</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Playback.html">5.2.5. Post-Installation Testing: Playback</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Recording.html">5.2.6. Post-Installation Testing: Recording</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity_Configuration.html">5.3. Configuration</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity_Configuration.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-First_Use">5.3.1. The First Time You Use Audacity</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Configure_to_Use_Your_Hardware.html">5.3.2. Configuring Audacity to Use Your Hardware</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Setting_Sample_Rate_and_Form
at.html">5.3.3. Setting the Project's Sample Rate and Format</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Interface.html">5.4. The Interface</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial.html">5.5. Creating a New Login Sound (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Files">5.5.1. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Scenrario.html">5.5.2. Scenario</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Inspiration.html">5.5.3. Inspiration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Starting_Out.html">5.5.4. Starting Out</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Continuing_to_Record.ht
ml">5.5.5. Continuing to Record</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Aligning_Tracks.html">5.5.6. Aligning Tracks</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Stretching_Tracks.html">5.5.7. Stretching Tracks</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Adjusting_Volume_and_Removing_Noise.html">5.5.8. Adjusting a Track's Volume, and Removing Noise</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Removing_Audio.html">5.5.9. Removing a Portion of Audio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Repeating_a_Segment.html">5.5.10. Repeating an Already-Recorded Segment</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Using_the_Phaser.html">5.5.11. Add a Silly Effect: Using the Phaser</a></span></dt><dt><span class="secti
on"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Further_Comments.html">5.5.12. Further Comments</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Saving_and_Exporting.html">5.6. Saving and Exporting</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Saving_and_Exporting.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Exporting_Part_of_a_File">5.6.1. Exporting Part of a File</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Exporting_a_Whole_File.html">5.6.2. Exporting a Whole File</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Digital_Audio_Workstations.html">6. Digital Audio Workstations</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Digital_Audio_Workstations.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Knowing_Which_DAW_to_Use">6.1. Knowing Which DAW to Use</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musician
s_Guide-Stages_of_Recording.html">6.2. Stages of Recording</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Stages_of_Recording.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Recording">6.2.1. Recording</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Mixing.html">6.2.2. Mixing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Mastering.html">6.2.3. Mastering</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Record_Mix_Master_More_Info.html">6.2.4. More Information</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_Interface_Vocabulary.html">6.3. Interface Vocabulary</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_Interface_Vocabulary.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Session">6.3.1. Session</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Track_and_Multitrack.html">6.3.2. Track and Multitrack</a></span></dt><dt><span cla
ss="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Region_Clip_Segment.html">6.3.3. Region, Clip, or Segment</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Session_Track_Region.html">6.3.4. Relationship of Session, Track, and Region</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Transport_and_Playhead.html">6.3.5. Transport and Playhead</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Automation.html">6.3.6. Automation</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_User_Interface.html">6.4. User Interface</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_User_Interface.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Messages_Pane">6.4.1. "Messages" Pane</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_Clock.html">6.4.2. Clock</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Track_Info_Pane.html">6.4.3. "Track Info" Pan
e</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Track_Pane.html">6.4.4. "Track" Pane</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_Transport_Controls.html">6.4.5. Transport Controls</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Ardour.html">7. Ardour</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Ardour.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Requirements_and_Installation">7.1. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Ardour.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Knowledge_Requirements">7.1.1. Knowledge Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Ardour.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Software_Requirements">7.1.2. Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Ardour.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Hardwar
e_Requirements">7.1.3. Hardware Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Ardour.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Installation">7.1.4. Installation</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording_a_Session.html">7.2. Recording a Session</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording_a_Session.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Running_Ardour">7.2.1. Running Ardour</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Interface.html">7.2.2. The Interface</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Setting_up_the_Timeline.html">7.2.3. Setting up the Timeline</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Connecting_Audio_Sources.html">7.2.4. Connecting Audio Sources to Ardour</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sectio
n"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Setting_up_Busses_and_Tracks.html">7.2.5. Setting up the Busses and Tracks</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Adjusting_Recording_Level.html">7.2.6. Adjusting Recording Level (Volume)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Recording_a_Region.html">7.2.7. Recording a Region</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Recording_More.html">7.2.8. Recording More</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Routing_Audio.html">7.2.9. Routing Audio and Managing JACK Connections</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Importing_Existing_Audio.html">7.2.10. Importing Existing Audio</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Tutorial_Files.html">7.3. Files f
or the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing.html">7.4. Editing a Song (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Add_Tracks_and_Busses">7.4.1. Add Tracks and Busses</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Connect_Tracks_and_Busses.html">7.4.2. Connect the Tracks and Busses</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Edit_Groups.html">7.4.3. Creating Edit Groups</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Add_Regions_to_Tracks.html">7.4.4. Add Regions to Tracks</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Cut_Regions_Down_to_Size.html">7.4.5. Cut the Regions Down to Size</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Ed
iting-Compare_Multiple_Recordings.html">7.4.6. Compare Multiple Recordings of the Same Thing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Arrange.html">7.4.7. Arrange Regions into the Right Places</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Listen.html">7.4.8. Listen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing.html">7.5. Mixing a Song (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing-Enabling_Stereo_Output">7.5.1. Setting the Session for Stereo Output and Disabling Edit Groups</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing-Set_Initial_Levels.html">7.5.2. Set Initial Levels</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing-Set_Initial_Panning.html">7.5.3. Set Initial Panning</a></
span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing-Automation_Tracks.html">7.5.4. Make Further Adjustments with an Automation Track</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing-Other_Things.html">7.5.5. Other Things You Might Want to Do</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing-Listen.html">7.5.6. Listen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mastering.html">7.6. Mastering a Session</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mastering.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mastering-Ways_to_Export">7.6.1. Ways to Export Audio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mastering-Using_Export_Window.html">7.6.2. Using the Export Window</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor.html">8. Qtrac
tor</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Requirements_and_Installation">8.1. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Knowledge_Requirements">8.1.1. Knowledge Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Software_Requirements">8.1.2. Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Hardware_Requirements">8.1.3. Hardware Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Other_Requirements">8.1.4. Other Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Installat
ion">8.1.5. Installation</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Configuration.html">8.2. Configuration</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Configuration.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Configuration-Audio_Tab">8.2.1. Audio Options</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Configuration-MIDI_Tab.html">8.2.2. MIDI Options</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Configuration-MIDI_Channel_Names.html">8.2.3. Configuring MIDI Channel Names</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Using.html">8.3. Using Qtractor</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Using.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Using-Blue_Place_Markers">8.3.1. Using the Blue Place-Markers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec
t-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Using-MIDI_Tools.html">8.3.2. Using the MIDI Matrix Editor's Tools</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Using-JACK.html">8.3.3. Using JACK with Qtractor</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Using-Exporting_Audio_and_MIDI_Together.html">8.3.4. Exporting a Whole File (Audio and MIDI Together)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Using-Tips.html">8.3.5. Miscellaneous Tips</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial.html">8.4. Creating a MIDI Composition (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Inspiration">8.4.1. Inspiration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Requirements.html">8.4.2. Files for the Tutorial</
a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Getting_Qtractor_Ready.html">8.4.3. Getting Qtractor Ready</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Import_the_Audio_File.html">8.4.4. Import the Audio File</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Marking_the_First_Formal_Area.html">8.4.5. Marking the First Formal Area</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Creating_our_Theme.html">8.4.6. Creating our Theme</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Repeat_the_Theme.html">8.4.7. Repeat the Theme</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Compose_the_Next_Part.html">8.4.8. Compose the Next Part</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_52_to_75.html"
>8.4.9. Qtractor's Measures 52 to 75</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_75_to_97.html">8.4.10. Qtractor's Measures 75 to 97</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measure_97.html">8.4.11. Qtractor's Measure 97</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_98_to_119.html">8.4.12. Qtractor's Measures 98 to 119</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_119_to_139.html">8.4.13. Qtractor's Measures 119 to 139</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_139_to_158.html">8.4.14. Qtractor's Measures 139 to 158</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_158_to_176.html">8.4.15. Qtractor's Measures 158 to 176</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="se
ct-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_177_to_the_End.html">8.4.16. Qtractor's Measures 177 to the End</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden.html">9. Rosegarden</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Requirements_and_Installation">9.1. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Knowledge_Requirements">9.1.1. Knowledge Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Software_Requirements">9.1.2. Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Hardware_Requirements">9.1.3. Hardware Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">
<a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Other_Requirements">9.1.4. Other Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Installation">9.1.5. Installation</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Configuration.html">9.2. Configuration</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Configuration.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Configuration-JACK_and_Qsynth">9.2.1. Setup JACK and Qsynth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Configuration-Rosegarden.html">9.2.2. Setup Rosegarden</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden_and_LilyPond.html">9.3. Rosegarden and LilyPond</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Tutorial.html">9.4. W
rite a Song in Rosegarden (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Tutorial.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Tutorial-Bass_Line">9.4.1. Start the Score with a Bass Line</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Tutorial-Percussion_Track.html">9.4.2. Add a Percussion Track</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Tutorial-Spice_up_the_Percussion.html">9.4.3. Spice up the Percussion</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Tutorial-Melody.html">9.4.4. Add a Melody</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Tutorial-Ways_to_Continue.html">9.4.5. Possible Ways to Continue</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth.html">10. FluidSynth</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Mus
icians_Guide-FluidSynth.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-SoundFont_Technology_and_MIDI">10.1. SoundFont Technology and MIDI</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-How_to_Get_a_SoundFont">10.1.1. How to Get a SoundFont</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-MIDI_Terms">10.1.2. MIDI Instruments, Banks, Programs, and Patches</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-MIDI_Channels">10.1.3. MIDI Channels</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Requirements_and_Installation.html">10.2. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Requirements_and_Installation.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Req_and_Inst-Sof
tware_Requirements">10.2.1. Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Req_and_Inst-Installation.html">10.2.2. Thare Are Two Ways to Install FluidSynth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Req_and_Inst-Installation_with_Qsynth.html">10.2.3. Installation with Qsynth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Req_and_Inst-Installation_without_Qsynth.html">10.2.4. Installation without Qsynth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Req_and_Inst-.html">10.2.5. Installation of SoundFont Files</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-In_a_Terminal.html">10.3. Using FluidSynth in a Terminal</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Configuring.html">10.4. Configuring Qsynth</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span cla
ss="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Configuring.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Configuring-Starting_FluidSynth">10.4.1. Starting FluidSynth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Configuring-SoundFont.html">10.4.2. SoundFont Configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Configuring-JACK_Output.html">10.4.3. JACK Output Configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Configuring-MIDI_Input.html">10.4.4. MIDI Input Configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Configuring-Viewing_all_Settings.html">10.4.5. Viewing all FluidSynth Settings</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Assigning_Programs_to_Channels.html">10.5. Assigning Programs to Channels with Qsynth</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a hr
ef="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Assigning_Programs_to_Channels.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Changing_Number_of_Input_Channels">10.5.1. Changing the Number of MIDI Input Channels</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Saving_and_Reusing_Channel_Assignments.html">10.5.2. Saving and Reusing Channel Assignments</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Reverb_and_Chorus.html">10.6. Using Reverb and Chorus with Qsynth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Multiple_Instances.html">10.7. Multiple FluidSynth Instances with Qsynth</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-SuperCollider.html">11. SuperCollider</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-SuperCollider.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Technical_Convetions">11.1. Technical Conventions for This Chapter</a><
/span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Requirements_and_Installation.html">11.2. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Requirements_and_Installation.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Req_and_Inst-Knowledge">11.2.1. Knowledge Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Req_and_Inst-Software_Requirements.html">11.2.2. Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Req_and_Inst-Hardware_Requirements.html">11.2.3. Hardware Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-SC-Req_and_Inst-Available_Packages.html">11.2.4. Available SuperCollider Packages</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Req_and_Inst-Recommended_Installation.html">11.2.5. Recommended Installation</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a
href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Using_GEdit.html">11.3. Using GEdit to Write and Run SuperCollider Programs</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Using_GEdit.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Using_GEdit-Enable_and_Configure_SCEd">11.3.1. Enable and Configure SCEd in GEdit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Using_GEdit-Start_a_Server.html">11.3.2. Enable SuperCollider Mode and Start a Server</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Using_GEdit-Executing_Code.html">11.3.3. Executing Code in GEdit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Using_GEdit-Other_Tips.html">11.3.4. Other Tips for Using GEdit with SuperCollider</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SuperCollider-Basic_Programming.html">11.4. Basic Programming in SuperCollider</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect
-Musicians_Guide-SuperCollider-Basic_Programming.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-First_Steps">11.4.1. First Steps</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Variables_and_Functions.html">11.4.2. Variables and Functions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Object_Oriented.html">11.4.3. Object-Oriented SuperCollider</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Sound_Making_Functions.html">11.4.4. Sound-Making Functions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Multichannel_Audio.html">11.4.5. Multichannel Audio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Collections.html">11.4.6. Collections</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Repeating.html">11.4.7. Repeated Exe
cution</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Conditional_Execution.html">11.4.8. Conditional Execution</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Combining_and_Mix.html">11.4.9. Combining Audio; the Mix Class</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-SynthDef_and_Synth.html">11.4.10. SynthDef and Synth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Busses.html">11.4.11. Busses</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Ordering_and_Other_Features.html">11.4.12. Ordering and Other Synth Features</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Scheduling.html">11.4.13. Scheduling</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Getting_Help.html">11
.4.14. How to Get Help</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Legal_Attribution.html">11.4.15. Legal Attribution</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SuperCollider-Composing.html">11.5. Composing with SuperCollider</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SuperCollider-Composing.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Tutorial_Files">11.5.1. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Inspiration.html">11.5.2. Inspiration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Designing_the_First_Part.html">11.5.3. Designing the First Part</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Designing_the_Second_Part.html">11.5.4. Designing the Second Part</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Gui
de-SC-Composing-Creating_Ten_Pseudo-Random-Tones.html">11.5.5. Creating Ten Pseudo-Random Tones</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Scheduling_the_Tones.html">11.5.6. Scheduling the Tones</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Optimizing_the_Code.html">11.5.7. Optimizing the Code</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Making_a_Useful_Function_Out_of_the_Second_Part.html">11.5.8. Making a Useful Section out of the Second Part</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Joining_the_Two_Parts.html">11.5.9. Joining the Two Parts</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SuperCollider-Exporting.html">11.6. Exporting Sound Files</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SuperCollider-Exporting.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Non_Real_
Time_Synthesis">11.6.1. Non-Real-Time Synthesis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Recording_SuperColliders_Output.html">11.6.2. Recording SuperCollider's Output (Tutorial)</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond.html">12. LilyPond</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-How_LilyPond_Works">12.1. How LilyPond Works</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-The_LilyPond_Approach.html">12.2. The LilyPond Approach</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Installation.html">12.3. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax.html">12.4. LilyPond Basics</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax.html#sect
-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Letters_Are_Pitches">12.4.1. Letters Are Pitches</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Numbers_Are_Durations.html">12.4.2. Numbers Are Durations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Articulations.html">12.4.3. Articulations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Simultaneity.html">12.4.4. Simultaneity</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Chords.html">12.4.5. Chords</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Commands.html">12.4.6. Commands</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Source_Files.html">12.4.7. Source Files and Their Formatting</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Avoiding_Errors.html">12.4.8. Avoidin
g Errors</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Counterpoint.html">12.5. Working on a Counterpoint Exercise (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Counterpoint.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Counterpoint-Tutorial_Files">12.5.1. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Counterpoint-Starting_the_Score.html">12.5.2. Starting the Score</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Counterpoint-Adjusting_Frescobaldis_Output.html">12.5.3. Adjusting Frescobaldi's Output</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Counterpoint-Inputting.html">12.5.4. Inputting</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Counterpoint-Formatting_the_Score.html">12.5.5. Formatting the Score</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span
class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Orchestra.html">12.6. Working on an Orchestral Score (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Orchestra.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Orchestra-Tutorial_Files">12.6.1. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Orchestra-Starting_the_Score.html">12.6.2. Starting the Score</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Orchestra-Adjusting_Frescobaldis_Output.html">12.6.3. Adjusting Frescobaldi's Output</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Orchestra-Inputting.html">12.6.4. Inputting</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano.html">12.7. Working on a Piano Score (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano.html#sect-
Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano-Tutorial_Files">12.7.1. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano-Starting_the_Score.html">12.7.2. Starting the Score</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano-Adjusting_Frescobaldis_Output.html">12.7.3. Adjusting Frescobaldi's Output</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano-Inputting.html">12.7.4. Inputting</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano-Troubleshooting_Errors.html">12.7.5. Troubleshooting Errors</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano-Formatting.html">12.7.6. Formatting the Score (Piano Dynamics)</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Frescobaldi.html">13. Frescobaldi</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians
_Guide-Frescobaldi.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Frescobaldi-Makes_LilyPond_Easier">13.1. Frescobaldi Makes LilyPond Easier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Frescobaldi-Installation.html">13.2. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Frescobaldi-Configuration.html">13.3. Configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Frescobaldi-Using.html">13.4. Using Frescobaldi</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Solfege.html">14. GNU Solfege</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Solfege.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Requirements_and_Installation">14.1. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Solfege.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Hardware_and_Software_Requirements">14.1.1. Hardware and Software Requirement
s</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Solfege.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Other_Requirements">14.1.2. Other Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Solfege.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Install">14.1.3. Required Installation</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Solfege.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Install_Csound">14.1.4. Optional Installation: Csound</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Solfege.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Install_MMA">14.1.5. Optionsl Installation: MMA</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration.html">14.2. Configuration</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration-First_Time">14.2.1. When You Run Solfege for the First Time</a></span
></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration-Instruments.html">14.2.2. Instruments</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration-External_Programs.html">14.2.3. External Programs</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration-Interface.html">14.2.4. Interface</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration-Practise.html">14.2.5. Practise</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration-Sound_Setup.html">14.2.6. Sound Setup</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Training.html">14.3. Training Yourself</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Training.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Training-Aural_Skilla_and_Musical_Sensibility">14.3.1. Aural Skills and Musical Sen
sibility</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Training-Exercise_Types.html">14.3.2. Exercise Types</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Training-Making_an_Aural_Skills_Program.html">14.3.3. Making an Aural Skills Program</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Training-Supplementary_References.html">14.3.4. Supplementary References</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Using_the_Exercises.html">14.4. Using the Exercises</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Using_the_Exercises.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Listening_Exercises">14.4.1. Listening</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Singing_Exercises.html">14.4.2. Singing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Configure_Yourself_Exericses.
html">14.4.3. Configure Yourself</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Rhythm_Exercises.html">14.4.4. Rhythm</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Dictation_Exercises.html">14.4.5. Dictation</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Harmonic_Progressions.html">14.4.6. Harmonic Progressions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Intonation.html">14.4.7. Intonation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-CCRMA_Preventing_Package_Updates.html"><strong>Prev</strong>4.3.3. Preventing a Package from Being Updated</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>Up</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>Home</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="chap-Musicians_
Guide-Audacity.html"><strong>Next</strong>Chapter 5. Audacity</a></li></ul></body></html>
+ </div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Audacity.html">5. Audacity</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Audacity.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Knowing_When_to_Use">5.1. Kowing When to Use Audacity</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Requirements_and_Installation.html">5.2. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Requirements_and_Installation.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Software_Requirements">5.2.1. Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Hardware_Requirements.html">5.2.2. Hardware Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation.html">5.2.3. Standard Installation</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a hre
f="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation_with_RPM_Fusion.html">5.2.4. Installation with MP3 Support</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Playback.html">5.2.5. Post-Installation Test: Playback</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Recording.html">5.2.6. Post-Installation Test: Recording</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity_Configuration.html">5.3. Configuration</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity_Configuration.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-First_Use">5.3.1. When You Run Audacity for the First Time</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Configure_to_Use_Your_Hardware.html">5.3.2. Configuring Audacity for Your Sound Card</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Setting_Sample_Rate_and_Fo
rmat.html">5.3.3. Setting the Project's Sample Rate and Format</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Interface.html">5.4. The Interface</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Recording.html">5.5. Recording</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Recording.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Recording-Start_to_Record">5.5.1. Start to Record</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Recording-Continuing_to_Record.html">5.5.2. Continue to Record</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial.html">5.6. Creating a New Login Sound (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Files">5.6.1. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sectio
n"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Scenario.html">5.6.2. Scenario</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Aligning_Tracks.html">5.6.3. Align Tracks</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Stretching_Tracks.html">5.6.4. Stretching Tracks</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Adjust_Volume_Level.html">5.6.5. Adjust the Volume Level</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Remove_Noise.html">5.6.6. Remove Noise</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Fade_Out.html">5.6.7. Fade In or Out</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Removing_Audio.html">5.6.8. Remove Some Audio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Repeating_a_Se
gment.html">5.6.9. Repeat an Already-Recorded Segment</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Using_the_Phaser.html">5.6.10. Add a Special Effect (the Phaser)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Conclusion.html">5.6.11. Conclusion</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Save_and_Export.html">5.7. Save and Export</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Save_and_Export.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Exporting_Part_of_a_File">5.7.1. Export Part of a File</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Exporting_a_Whole_File.html">5.7.2. Export a Whole File</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Digital_Audio_Workstations.html">6. Digital Audio Workstations</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class=
"section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Digital_Audio_Workstations.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Knowing_Which_DAW_to_Use">6.1. Knowing Which DAW to Use</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Stages_of_Recording.html">6.2. Stages of Recording</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Stages_of_Recording.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Recording">6.2.1. Recording</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Mixing.html">6.2.2. Mixing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Mastering.html">6.2.3. Mastering</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Record_Mix_Master_More_Info.html">6.2.4. More Information</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_Interface_Vocabulary.html">6.3. Interface Vocabulary</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_Interface_Voc
abulary.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Session">6.3.1. Session</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Track_and_Multitrack.html">6.3.2. Track and Multitrack</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Region_Clip_Segment.html">6.3.3. Region, Clip, or Segment</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Session_Track_Region.html">6.3.4. Relationship of Session, Track, and Region</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Transport_and_Playhead.html">6.3.5. Transport and Playhead</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Automation.html">6.3.6. Automation</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_User_Interface.html">6.4. User Interface</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_User_Interface.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Messages_Pane">6.4.1. "Messages" Pane</a><
/span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_Clock.html">6.4.2. Clock</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Track_Info_Pane.html">6.4.3. "Track Info" Pane</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Track_Pane.html">6.4.4. "Track" Pane</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-DAW_Transport_Controls.html">6.4.5. Transport Controls</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Ardour.html">7. Ardour</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Ardour.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Requirements_and_Installation">7.1. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Ardour.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Knowledge_Requirements">7.1.1. Knowledge Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guid
e-Ardour.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Software_Requirements">7.1.2. Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Ardour.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Hardware_Requirements">7.1.3. Hardware Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Ardour.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Installation">7.1.4. Installation</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording_a_Session.html">7.2. Recording a Session</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording_a_Session.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Running_Ardour">7.2.1. Running Ardour</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Interface.html">7.2.2. The Interface</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Setting_up_the_Timeline.html">7.2.3. Setting up
the Timeline</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Connecting_Audio_Sources.html">7.2.4. Connecting Audio Sources to Ardour</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Setting_up_Busses_and_Tracks.html">7.2.5. Setting up the Busses and Tracks</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Adjusting_Recording_Level.html">7.2.6. Adjusting Recording Level (Volume)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Recording_a_Region.html">7.2.7. Recording a Region</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Recording_More.html">7.2.8. Recording More</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Routing_Audio.html">7.2.9. Routing Audio and Managing JACK Connections</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musici
ans_Guide-Ardour-Recording-Importing_Existing_Audio.html">7.2.10. Importing Existing Audio</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Tutorial_Files.html">7.3. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing.html">7.4. Editing a Song (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Add_Tracks_and_Busses">7.4.1. Add Tracks and Busses</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Connect_Tracks_and_Busses.html">7.4.2. Connect the Tracks and Busses</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Edit_Groups.html">7.4.3. Creating Edit Groups</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Add_Regions_to_Tracks.html">7.4.4. Add Regions to Tracks</a></span></dt><dt><s
pan class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Cut_Regions_Down_to_Size.html">7.4.5. Cut the Regions Down to Size</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Compare_Multiple_Recordings.html">7.4.6. Compare Multiple Recordings of the Same Thing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Arrange.html">7.4.7. Arrange Regions into the Right Places</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Editing-Listen.html">7.4.8. Listen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing.html">7.5. Mixing a Song (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing-Enabling_Stereo_Output">7.5.1. Setting the Session for Stereo Output and Disabling Edit Groups</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Gu
ide-Ardour-Mixing-Set_Initial_Levels.html">7.5.2. Set Initial Levels</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing-Set_Initial_Panning.html">7.5.3. Set Initial Panning</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing-Automation_Tracks.html">7.5.4. Make Further Adjustments with an Automation Track</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing-Other_Things.html">7.5.5. Other Things You Might Want to Do</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mixing-Listen.html">7.5.6. Listen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mastering.html">7.6. Mastering a Session</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mastering.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mastering-Ways_to_Export">7.6.1. Ways to Export Audio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a hre
f="sect-Musicians_Guide-Ardour-Mastering-Using_Export_Window.html">7.6.2. Using the Export Window</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor.html">8. Qtractor</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Requirements_and_Installation">8.1. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Knowledge_Requirements">8.1.1. Knowledge Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Software_Requirements">8.1.2. Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Hardware_Requirements">8.1.3. Hardware Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Qt
ractor.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Other_Requirements">8.1.4. Other Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Installation">8.1.5. Installation</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Configuration.html">8.2. Configuration</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Configuration.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Configuration-Audio_Tab">8.2.1. Audio Options</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Configuration-MIDI_Tab.html">8.2.2. MIDI Options</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Configuration-MIDI_Channel_Names.html">8.2.3. Configuring MIDI Channel Names</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Using.html">8.3. Using Qtractor</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span
class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Using.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Using-Blue_Place_Markers">8.3.1. Using the Blue Place-Markers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Using-MIDI_Tools.html">8.3.2. Using the MIDI Matrix Editor's Tools</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Using-JACK.html">8.3.3. Using JACK with Qtractor</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Using-Exporting_Audio_and_MIDI_Together.html">8.3.4. Exporting a Whole File (Audio and MIDI Together)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Using-Tips.html">8.3.5. Miscellaneous Tips</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial.html">8.4. Creating a MIDI Composition (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial.htm
l#sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Inspiration">8.4.1. Inspiration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Requirements.html">8.4.2. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Getting_Qtractor_Ready.html">8.4.3. Getting Qtractor Ready</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Import_the_Audio_File.html">8.4.4. Import the Audio File</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Marking_the_First_Formal_Area.html">8.4.5. Marking the First Formal Area</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Creating_our_Theme.html">8.4.6. Creating our Theme</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Repeat_the_Theme.html">8.4.7. Repeat the Theme</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a hr
ef="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Compose_the_Next_Part.html">8.4.8. Compose the Next Part</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_52_to_75.html">8.4.9. Qtractor's Measures 52 to 75</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_75_to_97.html">8.4.10. Qtractor's Measures 75 to 97</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measure_97.html">8.4.11. Qtractor's Measure 97</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_98_to_119.html">8.4.12. Qtractor's Measures 98 to 119</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_119_to_139.html">8.4.13. Qtractor's Measures 119 to 139</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_139_to_158.html">8.4.14. Qtractor's Measures 139 t
o 158</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_158_to_176.html">8.4.15. Qtractor's Measures 158 to 176</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Qtractor-Tutorial-Measures_177_to_the_End.html">8.4.16. Qtractor's Measures 177 to the End</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden.html">9. Rosegarden</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Requirements_and_Installation">9.1. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Knowledge_Requirements">9.1.1. Knowledge Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Software_Requirements">9.1.2. Software Requirements<
/a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Hardware_Requirements">9.1.3. Hardware Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Other_Requirements">9.1.4. Other Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Installation">9.1.5. Installation</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Configuration.html">9.2. Configuration</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Configuration.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Configuration-JACK_and_Qsynth">9.2.1. Setup JACK and Qsynth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Configuration-Rosegarden.html">9.2.2. Setup Rosegarden</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><s
pan class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden_and_LilyPond.html">9.3. Rosegarden and LilyPond</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Tutorial.html">9.4. Write a Song in Rosegarden (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Tutorial.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Tutorial-Bass_Line">9.4.1. Start the Score with a Bass Line</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Tutorial-Percussion_Track.html">9.4.2. Add a Percussion Track</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Tutorial-Spice_up_the_Percussion.html">9.4.3. Spice up the Percussion</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Tutorial-Melody.html">9.4.4. Add a Melody</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Rosegarden-Tutorial-Ways_to_Continue.html">9.4.5. Pos
sible Ways to Continue</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth.html">10. FluidSynth</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-SoundFont_Technology_and_MIDI">10.1. SoundFont Technology and MIDI</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-How_to_Get_a_SoundFont">10.1.1. How to Get a SoundFont</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-MIDI_Terms">10.1.2. MIDI Instruments, Banks, Programs, and Patches</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-MIDI_Channels">10.1.3. MIDI Channels</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Requirements_and_Installation.htm
l">10.2. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Requirements_and_Installation.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Req_and_Inst-Software_Requirements">10.2.1. Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Req_and_Inst-Installation.html">10.2.2. Thare Are Two Ways to Install FluidSynth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Req_and_Inst-Installation_with_Qsynth.html">10.2.3. Installation with Qsynth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Req_and_Inst-Installation_without_Qsynth.html">10.2.4. Installation without Qsynth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Req_and_Inst-.html">10.2.5. Installation of SoundFont Files</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-In_a_T
erminal.html">10.3. Using FluidSynth in a Terminal</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Configuring.html">10.4. Configuring Qsynth</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Configuring.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Configuring-Starting_FluidSynth">10.4.1. Starting FluidSynth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Configuring-SoundFont.html">10.4.2. SoundFont Configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Configuring-JACK_Output.html">10.4.3. JACK Output Configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Configuring-MIDI_Input.html">10.4.4. MIDI Input Configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Configuring-Viewing_all_Settings.html">10.4.5. Viewing all FluidSynth Settings</a></span></dt></dl>
</dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Assigning_Programs_to_Channels.html">10.5. Assigning Programs to Channels with Qsynth</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Assigning_Programs_to_Channels.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Changing_Number_of_Input_Channels">10.5.1. Changing the Number of MIDI Input Channels</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Saving_and_Reusing_Channel_Assignments.html">10.5.2. Saving and Reusing Channel Assignments</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Reverb_and_Chorus.html">10.6. Using Reverb and Chorus with Qsynth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-FluidSynth-Multiple_Instances.html">10.7. Multiple FluidSynth Instances with Qsynth</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-SuperCollider.html"
>11. SuperCollider</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-SuperCollider.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Technical_Convetions">11.1. Technical Conventions for This Chapter</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Requirements_and_Installation.html">11.2. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Requirements_and_Installation.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Req_and_Inst-Knowledge">11.2.1. Knowledge Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Req_and_Inst-Software_Requirements.html">11.2.2. Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Req_and_Inst-Hardware_Requirements.html">11.2.3. Hardware Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-SC-Req_and_Inst-Available_Packages.html">11.2.4. Available SuperCollider Pa
ckages</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Req_and_Inst-Recommended_Installation.html">11.2.5. Recommended Installation</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Using_GEdit.html">11.3. Using GEdit to Write and Run SuperCollider Programs</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Using_GEdit.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Using_GEdit-Enable_and_Configure_SCEd">11.3.1. Enable and Configure SCEd in GEdit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Using_GEdit-Start_a_Server.html">11.3.2. Enable SuperCollider Mode and Start a Server</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Using_GEdit-Executing_Code.html">11.3.3. Executing Code in GEdit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Using_GEdit-Other_Tips.html">11.3.4. Other Tips for Using GEdit with SuperCollider</a></span>
</dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SuperCollider-Basic_Programming.html">11.4. Basic Programming in SuperCollider</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SuperCollider-Basic_Programming.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-First_Steps">11.4.1. First Steps</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Variables_and_Functions.html">11.4.2. Variables and Functions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Object_Oriented.html">11.4.3. Object-Oriented SuperCollider</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Sound_Making_Functions.html">11.4.4. Sound-Making Functions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Multichannel_Audio.html">11.4.5. Multichannel Audio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a hr
ef="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Collections.html">11.4.6. Collections</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Repeating.html">11.4.7. Repeated Execution</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Conditional_Execution.html">11.4.8. Conditional Execution</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Combining_and_Mix.html">11.4.9. Combining Audio; the Mix Class</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-SynthDef_and_Synth.html">11.4.10. SynthDef and Synth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Busses.html">11.4.11. Busses</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Ordering_and_Other_Features.html">11.4.12. Ordering and Other Synth Features</a></span></dt><dt><span class
="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Scheduling.html">11.4.13. Scheduling</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Getting_Help.html">11.4.14. How to Get Help</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Basic_Programming-Legal_Attribution.html">11.4.15. Legal Attribution</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SuperCollider-Composing.html">11.5. Composing with SuperCollider</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SuperCollider-Composing.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Tutorial_Files">11.5.1. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Inspiration.html">11.5.2. Inspiration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Designing_the_First_Part.html">11.5.3. Designing the First Part</a></s
pan></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Designing_the_Second_Part.html">11.5.4. Designing the Second Part</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Creating_Ten_Pseudo-Random-Tones.html">11.5.5. Creating Ten Pseudo-Random Tones</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Scheduling_the_Tones.html">11.5.6. Scheduling the Tones</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Optimizing_the_Code.html">11.5.7. Optimizing the Code</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Making_a_Useful_Function_Out_of_the_Second_Part.html">11.5.8. Making a Useful Section out of the Second Part</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Composing-Joining_the_Two_Parts.html">11.5.9. Joining the Two Parts</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Mus
icians_Guide-SuperCollider-Exporting.html">11.6. Exporting Sound Files</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SuperCollider-Exporting.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Non_Real_Time_Synthesis">11.6.1. Non-Real-Time Synthesis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-SC-Recording_SuperColliders_Output.html">11.6.2. Recording SuperCollider's Output (Tutorial)</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond.html">12. LilyPond</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-How_LilyPond_Works">12.1. How LilyPond Works</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-The_LilyPond_Approach.html">12.2. The LilyPond Approach</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Installation.html">12.3. Requirements and Installation</a></sp
an></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax.html">12.4. LilyPond Basics</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Letters_Are_Pitches">12.4.1. Letters Are Pitches</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Numbers_Are_Durations.html">12.4.2. Numbers Are Durations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Articulations.html">12.4.3. Articulations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Simultaneity.html">12.4.4. Simultaneity</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Chords.html">12.4.5. Chords</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Commands.html">12.4.6. Commands</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Music
ians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Source_Files.html">12.4.7. Source Files and Their Formatting</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Syntax-Avoiding_Errors.html">12.4.8. Avoiding Errors</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Counterpoint.html">12.5. Working on a Counterpoint Exercise (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Counterpoint.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Counterpoint-Tutorial_Files">12.5.1. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Counterpoint-Starting_the_Score.html">12.5.2. Starting the Score</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Counterpoint-Adjusting_Frescobaldis_Output.html">12.5.3. Adjusting Frescobaldi's Output</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Counterpoint-Input
ting.html">12.5.4. Inputting</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Counterpoint-Formatting_the_Score.html">12.5.5. Formatting the Score</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Orchestra.html">12.6. Working on an Orchestral Score (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Orchestra.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Orchestra-Tutorial_Files">12.6.1. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Orchestra-Starting_the_Score.html">12.6.2. Starting the Score</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Orchestra-Adjusting_Frescobaldis_Output.html">12.6.3. Adjusting Frescobaldi's Output</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Orchestra-Inputting.html">12.6.4. Inputting</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span c
lass="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano.html">12.7. Working on a Piano Score (Tutorial)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano-Tutorial_Files">12.7.1. Files for the Tutorial</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano-Starting_the_Score.html">12.7.2. Starting the Score</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano-Adjusting_Frescobaldis_Output.html">12.7.3. Adjusting Frescobaldi's Output</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano-Inputting.html">12.7.4. Inputting</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano-Troubleshooting_Errors.html">12.7.5. Troubleshooting Errors</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-LilyPond-Piano-Formatting.html">12.7.6. Formatting the Score (P
iano Dynamics)</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Frescobaldi.html">13. Frescobaldi</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Frescobaldi.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Frescobaldi-Makes_LilyPond_Easier">13.1. Frescobaldi Makes LilyPond Easier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Frescobaldi-Installation.html">13.2. Requirements and Installation</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Frescobaldi-Configuration.html">13.3. Configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Frescobaldi-Using.html">13.4. Using Frescobaldi</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Solfege.html">14. GNU Solfege</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Solfege.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Requirements_and_Installation">14.1. Requirem
ents and Installation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Solfege.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Hardware_and_Software_Requirements">14.1.1. Hardware and Software Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Solfege.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Other_Requirements">14.1.2. Other Requirements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Solfege.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Install">14.1.3. Required Installation</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Solfege.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Install_Csound">14.1.4. Optional Installation: Csound</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Solfege.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Install_MMA">14.1.5. Optionsl Installation: MMA</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration.html">14.2. Configuration</a></s
pan></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration-First_Time">14.2.1. When You Run Solfege for the First Time</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration-Instruments.html">14.2.2. Instruments</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration-External_Programs.html">14.2.3. External Programs</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration-Interface.html">14.2.4. Interface</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration-Practise.html">14.2.5. Practise</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Configuration-Sound_Setup.html">14.2.6. Sound Setup</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Training.html">14.3. Training Yourself</
a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Training.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Training-Aural_Skilla_and_Musical_Sensibility">14.3.1. Aural Skills and Musical Sensibility</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Training-Exercise_Types.html">14.3.2. Exercise Types</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Training-Making_an_Aural_Skills_Program.html">14.3.3. Making an Aural Skills Program</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Training-Supplementary_References.html">14.3.4. Supplementary References</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Using_the_Exercises.html">14.4. Using the Exercises</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Using_the_Exercises.html#sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Listening_Exercises">14.4.1. Listening
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Singing_Exercises.html">14.4.2. Singing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Configure_Yourself_Exericses.html">14.4.3. Configure Yourself</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Rhythm_Exercises.html">14.4.4. Rhythm</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Dictation_Exercises.html">14.4.5. Dictation</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Harmonic_Progressions.html">14.4.6. Harmonic Progressions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Solfege-Intonation.html">14.4.7. Intonation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-CCRMA_Preventing_Package_Updates.html"><strong>Prev</strong>4.3.3. Preventing a Package from Being Updated</a
></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>Up</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>Home</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Audacity.html"><strong>Next</strong>Chapter 5. Audacity</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Configure_to_Use_Your_Hardware.html b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Configure_to_Use_Your_Hardware.html
index 073f1fe..cd12132 100644
--- a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Configure_to_Use_Your_Hardware.html
+++ b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Configure_to_Use_Your_Hardware.html
@@ -1,25 +1,36 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>5.3.2. Configuring Audacity to Use Your Hardware</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="up" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity_Configuration.html" title="5.3. Configuration" /><link rel="prev" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity_Configuration.html" title="5.3. Configuration" /><link rel="next" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Setting_Sample_Rate_and_Format.html" title="5.3.3. Setting the Project's Sample Rate and Format" /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><ifram
e id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity_Configuration.html"><strong>Prev</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Setting_Sample_Rate_and_Format.html"><strong>Next</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" title="5.3.2. Configuring Audacity to Use Your Hardware" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Configure_to_Use_Your_Hardware"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Configure_to_U
se_Your_Hardware">5.3.2. Configuring Audacity to Use Your Hardware</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
- Especially in cases where your computer has multiple sound cards, or where a single sound card provides multiple, independent input and/or output busses (streams), Audacity may not correctly guess which busses you want to use.
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>5.3.2. Configuring Audacity for Your Sound Card</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="up" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity_Configuration.html" title="5.3. Configuration" /><link rel="prev" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity_Configuration.html" title="5.3. Configuration" /><link rel="next" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Setting_Sample_Rate_and_Format.html" title="5.3.3. Setting the Project's Sample Rate and Format" /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe
id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity_Configuration.html"><strong>Prev</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Setting_Sample_Rate_and_Format.html"><strong>Next</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" title="5.3.2. Configuring Audacity for Your Sound Card" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Configure_to_Use_Your_Hardware"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Configure_to_Use
_Your_Hardware">5.3.2. Configuring Audacity for Your Sound Card</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+ Audacity configures itself automatically. If your computer has multiple sound cards or your sound cards have an unusual setup, Audacity guesses which input and output you will use. Audacity sometimes guesses incorrectly, so you can configure it yourself.
</div><div class="para">
- <div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- After starting Audacity, select ''File > Preferences.''
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Choose ''Devices'' from the left tab-list.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- The ''Host'' should usually be '''ALSA,''' unless you want to use Audacity with '''JACK'''.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- The right setting is for both recording and playback devices is probably ''default.''
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- If ''default'' doesn't work, then the next best choice is any of the devices that have names ending with something like <code class="code">(hw0:0)</code> <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- If you cannot make an educated guess, then try the devices systematically.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- This connects Audacity to your audio interface(s) in such a way that '''PulseAudio''' will not be able to use the devices at the same time, but it gives Audacity the greatest amount of control.
- </div></li></ul></div>
-
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- As a last resort, you can use the ''pulse'' devices, which connects Audacity to '''PulseAudio.''' Because Audacity does not have direct control of the audio hardware in this case, it can lead to poor performance.
- </div></li></ol></div>
-
+ Audacity sometimes works, but has poor performance or low-quality audio. If Audacity runs poorly on your computer, you should configure the sound cards manually.
+ </div><div class="para">
+ Follow these steps to configure Audacity for your sound card:
+ </div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step" title="Step 1"><div class="para">
+ You need to know the Linux name of your sound card.
+ </div><ol class="a"><li class="step" title="Step 1.a"><div class="para">
+ Open a terminal. In GNOME, choose <span class="guimenu"><strong>Applications</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>System</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Terminal</strong></span>. In KDE, open the application launcher, then choose <span class="guimenu"><strong>System</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Konsole</strong></span>.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 1.b"><div class="para">
+ Run this command: <code class="command">cat /proc/asound/cards</code>.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 1.c"><div class="para">
+ The <code class="code">cat</code> program outputs a list of sound cards in your computer, which looks similar to this list:
+<div class="literallayout"><p>0 [SB             ]: HDA-Intel - HDA ATI SB<br />
+                  HDA ATI SB at 0xf7ff4000 irq 16<br />
+1 [MobilePre      ]: USB-Audio - MobilePre<br />
+                  M Audio MobilePre at usb-0000:00:13.0-2</p></div>
+ In this example output, the square brackets surround the name of the sound card. The names of the sound cards in this example output are <code class="literal">SB</code> and <code class="literal">MobilePre</code>.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 1.d"><div class="para">
+ Identify the name of the sound card that you want to use. If you do not see your sound card in the list outputted by <code class="code">cat</code>, then your Fedora does not detect it. You should also remember the number of the sound card, which is printed to the left of the name. You can use two different sound cards for recording and playback.
+ </div></li></ol></li><li class="step" title="Step 2"><div class="para">
+ Start Audacity.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 3"><div class="para">
+ Open the "Preferences" window. Choose <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> > <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Preferences</strong></span>.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 4"><div class="para">
+ Set the "Host" to <code class="literal">ALSA</code>.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 5"><div class="para">
+ Set the recording and playback devices to the name of the sound card that you want to use. If there are many choices for your sound card, choose the one that ends with <code class="literal">(hw:0)</code>, where <code class="literal">0</code> is replaced by the number of the sound card that you want to use.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 6"><div class="para">
+ Follow the post-installation test procedures to confirm that the configuration is correct.
+ </div></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+ You will see many choices in the list of playback and recording devices. When configured with the <code class="code">default</code> device, Audacity lets ALSA determine which sound card to use. When configured with the <code class="literal">pulse</code> device, Audacity lets PulseAudio determine which sound card to use. Audacity works most efficiently when configured with a specific sound card, so you should not use the <code class="literal">default</code> or <code class="literal">pulse</code> devices unless the other choices do not work.
</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity_Configuration.html"><strong>Prev</strong>5.3. Configuration</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>Up</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>Home</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Setting_Sample_Rate_and_Format.html"><strong>Next</strong>5.3.3. Setting the Project's Sample Rate and Form...</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Exporting_a_Whole_File.html b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Exporting_a_Whole_File.html
index 126cc39..2b349dc 100644
--- a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Exporting_a_Whole_File.html
+++ b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Exporting_a_Whole_File.html
@@ -1,12 +1,11 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>5.6.2. Exporting a Whole File</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="up" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Saving_and_Exporting.html" title="5.6. Saving and Exporting" /><link rel="prev" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Saving_and_Exporting.html" title="5.6. Saving and Exporting" /><link rel="next" href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Digital_Audio_Workstations.html" title="Chapter 6. Digital Audio Workstations" /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" c
lass="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Saving_and_Exporting.html"><strong>Prev</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Digital_Audio_Workstations.html"><strong>Next</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" title="5.6.2. Exporting a Whole File" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Exporting_a_Whole_File"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Exporting_a_Whole_File">5.6.2. Exporting a Whole File</h3></div
></div></div><div class="para">
- <div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Select ''File > Export.''
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Use the ''Export File'' window to choose the format of your exported audio, and to configure advanced options of the format. Not all formats have advanced options.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- After clicking ''Save'' in the ''Export File'' window, some formats will provide a window where you can configure ''metadata'' about the file. ''Metadata'' is information about information - in this case, it describes qualities about the audio in the exported file, like Artist, Title, Genre, and so on. You can leave the fields blank or complete as many as you prefer.
- </div></li></ol></div>
-
- </div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Saving_and_Exporting.html"><strong>Prev</strong>5.6. Saving and Exporting</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>Up</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>Home</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Digital_Audio_Workstations.html"><strong>Next</strong>Chapter 6. Digital Audio Workstations</a></li></ul></body></html>
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>5.7.2. Export a Whole File</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="up" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Save_and_Export.html" title="5.7. Save and Export" /><link rel="prev" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Save_and_Export.html" title="5.7. Save and Export" /><link rel="next" href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Digital_Audio_Workstations.html" title="Chapter 6. Digital Audio Workstations" /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../.
./../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Save_and_Export.html"><strong>Prev</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Digital_Audio_Workstations.html"><strong>Next</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" title="5.7.2. Export a Whole File" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Exporting_a_Whole_File"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Exporting_a_Whole_File">5.7.2. Export a Whole File</h3></div></div></div><div class="procedure
"><ol class="1"><li class="step" title="Step 1"><div class="para">
+ Choose <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Export</strong></span>.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 2"><div class="para">
+ Select the format, filename, and directory of the audio that will be exported. Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Save</strong></span> when you are finished.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 3"><div class="para">
+ Depending on which format you choose, the "Metadata" window appears. You can input this information if you wish.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 4"><div class="para">
+ Audacity processes the audio to export. This may take some time, depending on the audio.
+ </div></li></ol></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Save_and_Export.html"><strong>Prev</strong>5.7. Save and Export</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>Up</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>Home</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Digital_Audio_Workstations.html"><strong>Next</strong>Chapter 6. Digital Audio Workstations</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation.html b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation.html
index b242bc2..35c0f28 100644
--- a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation.html
+++ b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation.html
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>5.2.3. Standard Installation</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="up" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Requirements_and_Installation.html" title="5.2. Requirements and Installation" /><link rel="prev" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Hardware_Requirements.html" title="5.2.2. Hardware Requirements" /><link rel="next" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation_with_RPM_Fusion.html" title="5.2.4. Installation with MP3 Support" /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class
="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Hardware_Requirements.html"><strong>Prev</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation_with_RPM_Fusion.html"><strong>Next</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" title="5.2.3. Standard Installation" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation">5.2.3. Standard In
stallation</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
This method installs Audacity from the Fedora repository. This version of Audacity does not use an MP3 library, and cannot process MP3 files.
<div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Use PackageKit or KPackageKit to install the <code class="code">audacity</code> package. Or in a terminal, run this command: [pre]su -c 'yum install audacity'[/pre].
+ Use PackageKit or KPackageKit to install the <code class="code">audacity</code> package.
</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
The proposed installation includes Audacity and all of the libraries that Audacity uses. Continue installing Audacity by reviewing and approving the proposed installation.
</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
diff --git a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation_with_RPM_Fusion.html b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation_with_RPM_Fusion.html
index dfc1d3a..e5b3be1 100644
--- a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation_with_RPM_Fusion.html
+++ b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation_with_RPM_Fusion.html
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>5.2.4. Installation with MP3 Support</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="up" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Requirements_and_Installation.html" title="5.2. Requirements and Installation" /><link rel="prev" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation.html" title="5.2.3. Standard Installation" /><link rel="next" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Playback.html" title="5.2.5. Post-Installation Testing: Playback" /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc">
<iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation.html"><strong>Prev</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Playback.html"><strong>Next</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" title="5.2.4. Installation with MP3 Support" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation_with_RPM_Fusion"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation_with_RPM_Fusion">5.2.4.Â
Installation with MP3 Support</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>5.2.4. Installation with MP3 Support</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="up" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Requirements_and_Installation.html" title="5.2. Requirements and Installation" /><link rel="prev" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation.html" title="5.2.3. Standard Installation" /><link rel="next" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Playback.html" title="5.2.5. Post-Installation Test: Playback" /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><if
rame id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation.html"><strong>Prev</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Playback.html"><strong>Next</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" title="5.2.4. Installation with MP3 Support" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation_with_RPM_Fusion"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation_with_RPM_Fusion">5.2.4. In
stallation with MP3 Support</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
This method installs Audacity from the RPM Fusion repository. This version of Audacity uses an MP3 library, and can process MP3 files. The Fedora Project cannot provide support for this version of Audacity because it is not prepared by Fedora.
<div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Run this command in a terminal: [pre]su -c 'yum localinstall --nogpgcheck http://download1.rpmfusion.org/free/fedora/rpmfusion-free-release-stable.noarch.rpm http://download1.rpmfusion.org/nonfree/fedora/rpmfusion-nonfree-release-stable.noarch.rpm'[/pre]
+ Run this command in a terminal: <code class="command">su -c 'yum localinstall --nogpgcheck http://download1.rpmfusion.org/free/fedora/rpmfusion-free-release-stable.noarch.rpm http://download1.rpmfusion.org/nonfree/fedora/rpmfusion-nonfree-release-stable.noarch.rpm'</code>
</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Use PackageKit or KPackageKit to install the <code class="code">audacity-freeworld</code> package. Or in a terminal, run this command: [pre]su -c 'yum install audacity-freeworld'[/pre].
+ Use PackageKit or KPackageKit to install the <code class="code">audacity-freeworld</code> package.
</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
The proposed installation includes Audacity and all of the libraries that Audacity uses. Continue installing Audacity by reviewing and approving the proposed installation.
</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
Audacity configures itself automatically, but it may not use the configuration you want. You need to test Audacity before recording, so that you know that it works. Follow the instructions in !!L!!here!!L!! to test Audacity.
</div></li></ol></div>
- </div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation.html"><strong>Prev</strong>5.2.3. Standard Installation</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>Up</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>Home</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Playback.html"><strong>Next</strong>5.2.5. Post-Installation Testing: Playback</a></li></ul></body></html>
+ </div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation.html"><strong>Prev</strong>5.2.3. Standard Installation</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>Up</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>Home</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Playback.html"><strong>Next</strong>5.2.5. Post-Installation Test: Playback</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Interface.html b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Interface.html
index 150245f..4c37dee 100644
--- a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Interface.html
+++ b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Interface.html
@@ -1,5 +1,25 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>5.4. The Interface</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="up" href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Audacity.html" title="Chapter 5. Audacity" /><link rel="prev" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Setting_Sample_Rate_and_Format.html" title="5.3.3. Setting the Project's Sample Rate and Format" /><link rel="next" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial.html" title="5.5. Creating a New Login Sound (Tutorial)" /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="
toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Setting_Sample_Rate_and_Format.html"><strong>Prev</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial.html"><strong>Next</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" title="5.4. The Interface" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Interface"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Interface">5.4. The Interface</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
- This tutorial could use a picture of the interface, with an explanation of what the buttons do. Now that I've written the "DAW" chapter about the interface, I wonder if it wouldn't be just as useful to "hijack" that section. I don't think the differences would be alarming, and it would be a good way to save time - we'll see.
- </div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Setting_Sample_Rate_and_Format.html"><strong>Prev</strong>5.3.3. Setting the Project's Sample Rate and Form...</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>Up</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>Home</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial.html"><strong>Next</strong>5.5. Creating a New Login Sound (Tutorial)</a></li></ul></body></html>
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>5.4. The Interface</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="up" href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Audacity.html" title="Chapter 5. Audacity" /><link rel="prev" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Setting_Sample_Rate_and_Format.html" title="5.3.3. Setting the Project's Sample Rate and Format" /><link rel="next" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Recording.html" title="5.5. Recording" /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.h
tml">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Setting_Sample_Rate_and_Format.html"><strong>Prev</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Recording.html"><strong>Next</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" title="5.4. The Interface" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Interface"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Interface">5.4. The Interface</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+ !!P!! [[File:FMG-Audacity-Interface.png]] !!P!!
+ </div><div class="para">
+ Refer to !!F!! example !!F!! as you read about the user interface of Audacity.
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+ The "transport controls" play, stop, or pause playback of audio. The buttons to record and move quickly through a file are also located here.
+ </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+ The "tool-selection box" changes the cursor's function.
+ </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+ The two "volume level meters" display the volume level of stereo audio. The left meter displays the volume level of the output signal. The right meter displays the volume level of the input signal.
+ </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+ The "ruler" displays the time since the start of the file, in minutes and seconds.
+ </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+ The "timeline" is the main area of the main window of Audacity. The leftmost point is the beginning of the audio file.
+ </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+ Each "track" contains two channels of audio signal data. Audacity stacks tracks vertically in the main window. Audacity plays back all tracks simultaneously.
+ </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+ Each track has a "track info area," which holds settings like the fader, panner, and <span class="guibutton"><strong>mute</strong></span> and <span class="guibutton"><strong>solo</strong></span> buttons.
+ </div></li></ul></div>
+
+ </div><div class="para">
+ The !!L!! DAW chapter !!L!! contains more information about the Audacity user interface. That chapter defines the purpose and use of many user interface components.
+ </div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Setting_Sample_Rate_and_Format.html"><strong>Prev</strong>5.3.3. Setting the Project's Sample Rate and Form...</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>Up</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>Home</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Recording.html"><strong>Next</strong>5.5. Recording</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Recording-Continuing_to_Record.html b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Recording-Continuing_to_Record.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b2ddec2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Recording-Continuing_to_Record.html
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>5.5.2. Continue to Record</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="up" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Recording.html" title="5.5. Recording" /><link rel="prev" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Recording.html" title="5.5. Recording" /><link rel="next" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial.html" title="5.6. Creating a New Login Sound (Tutorial)" /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an ifra
me, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Recording.html"><strong>Prev</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial.html"><strong>Next</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" title="5.5.2. Continue to Record" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Recording-Continuing_to_Record"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Recording-Continuing_to_Record">5.5.2. Continue to Record</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+ You can record more audio after the first recording in one of these ways:
+ <div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+ You can continue to record from the end of the already-recorded audio.
+ </div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step" title="Step 1"><div class="para">
+ Press <span class="keycap"><strong>Shift</strong></span> then click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Record</strong></span>.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 2"><div class="para">
+ Audacity starts to record from the end of the already-recorded audio. The new audio is put in the previously-selected track.
+ </div></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+ You can record new audio that will play at the same time as the already-recorded audio.
+ </div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step" title="Step 1"><div class="para">
+ Choose <span class="guimenu"><strong>Transport</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Skip to Start</strong></span> or press <span class="keycap"><strong>Home</strong></span> to move the transport head to the start of the file.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 2"><div class="para">
+ Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Record</strong></span>.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 3"><div class="para">
+ Audacity starts to record from the beginning. The new audio is put in a new track, and does not erase existing audio.
+ </div></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+ You can record new audio that will play at the same time as the already-recorded audio, but start after the beginning.
+ </div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step" title="Step 1"><div class="para">
+ Find the timeline position when you want to record new audio. Click on an existing track at that time.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 2"><div class="para">
+ Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Record</strong></span>.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 3"><div class="para">
+ Audacity starts to record from the position of the transport head. The new audio is put in a new track, and does not erase existing audio.
+ </div></li></ol></div></li></ol></div>
+
+ </div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Recording.html"><strong>Prev</strong>5.5. Recording</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>Up</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>Home</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial.html"><strong>Next</strong>5.6. Creating a New Login Sound (Tutorial)</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Recording.html b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Recording.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e1f97ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Recording.html
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>5.5. Recording</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="up" href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Audacity.html" title="Chapter 5. Audacity" /><link rel="prev" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Interface.html" title="5.4. The Interface" /><link rel="next" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Recording-Continuing_to_Record.html" title="5.5.2. Continue to Record" /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to
view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Interface.html"><strong>Prev</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Recording-Continuing_to_Record.html"><strong>Next</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" title="5.5. Recording" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Recording"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Recording">5.5. Recording</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+ This section explains possible ways to use Audacity to record.
+ </div><div class="section" title="5.5.1. Start to Record" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Recording-Start_to_Record"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Recording-Start_to_Record">5.5.1. Start to Record</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+ This procedure can be used whether you want to record from microphones or from another application on your computer.
+ </div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step" title="Step 1"><div class="para">
+ Prepare your computer to record. Connect the microphones you want to use, and test them. See !!L!! here !!L!! for instructions to test your equipment.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 2"><div class="para">
+ Check the sample rate and sample format. See !!L!! this section !!L!! for instructions to change the sample rate and sample format.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 3"><div class="para">
+ The <span class="guibutton"><strong>Record</strong></span> button shows a red circle. When you are ready to record, click the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Record</strong></span> button.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 4"><div class="para">
+ The <span class="guibutton"><strong>Stop</strong></span> button shows an orange square. Click the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Stop</strong></span> button to stop the recorder.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 5"><div class="para">
+ * Audacity displays the recorded audio in the timeline of a track, as a blue, sound-wave-like shape that represents the volume level. Audacity sometimes displays the blue shape immediately, and sometimes only after you click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Stop</strong></span>. When Audacity does not show the blue shape immediately, it does not have enough processor power, and decides to process the audio instead of the blue shape.
+ </div></li></ol></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Interface.html"><strong>Prev</strong>5.4. The Interface</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>Up</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>Home</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Recording-Continuing_to_Record.html"><strong>Next</strong>5.5.2. Continue to Record</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Save_and_Export.html b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Save_and_Export.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..61359e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Save_and_Export.html
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>5.7. Save and Export</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="up" href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Audacity.html" title="Chapter 5. Audacity" /><link rel="prev" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Conclusion.html" title="5.6.11. Conclusion" /><link rel="next" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Exporting_a_Whole_File.html" title="5.7.2. Export a Whole File" /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an i
frame, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Conclusion.html"><strong>Prev</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Exporting_a_Whole_File.html"><strong>Next</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" title="5.7. Save and Export" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Save_and_Export"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Save_and_Export">5.7. Save and Export</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+ Audacity saves its data in a format that only Audacity can use. Audacity saves more information than just the audio files, and this information cannot be stored in conventional audio files like OGG, FLAC, or AIFF.
+ </div><div class="para">
+ When you want to share your work, or use it in another application, you must export it. When you "export" audio, Audacity converts the Audacity-only file into a conventional audio file. Audacity does not delete the original Audacity-only file, but the exported file cannot be converted into the Audacity-only format.
+ </div><div class="section" title="5.7.1. Export Part of a File" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Exporting_Part_of_a_File"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Exporting_Part_of_a_File">5.7.1. Export Part of a File</h3></div></div></div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step" title="Step 1"><div class="para">
+ Select the portion of audio that you want to export.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 2"><div class="para">
+ Choose <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Export Selection</strong></span>.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 3"><div class="para">
+ Select the format, filename, and directory of the audio that will be exported. Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Save</strong></span> when you are finished.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 4"><div class="para">
+ Depending on which format you choose, the "Metadata" window appears. You can input this information if you wish.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 5"><div class="para">
+ Audacity processes the audio to export. This may take some time, depending on the audio.
+ </div></li></ol></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Conclusion.html"><strong>Prev</strong>5.6.11. Conclusion</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>Up</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>Home</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Exporting_a_Whole_File.html"><strong>Next</strong>5.7.2. Export a Whole File</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Setting_Sample_Rate_and_Format.html b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Setting_Sample_Rate_and_Format.html
index 4357660..cc53974 100644
--- a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Setting_Sample_Rate_and_Format.html
+++ b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Setting_Sample_Rate_and_Format.html
@@ -1,22 +1,11 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>5.3.3. Setting the Project's Sample Rate and Format</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="up" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity_Configuration.html" title="5.3. Configuration" /><link rel="prev" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Configure_to_Use_Your_Hardware.html" title="5.3.2. Configuring Audacity to Use Your Hardware" /><link rel="next" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Interface.html" title="5.4. The Interface" /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id
="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Configure_to_Use_Your_Hardware.html"><strong>Prev</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Interface.html"><strong>Next</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" title="5.3.3. Setting the Project's Sample Rate and Format" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Setting_Sample_Rate_and_Format"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Setting_Sample_Rate
_and_Format">5.3.3. Setting the Project's Sample Rate and Format</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
- The related concepts of ''sample rate,'' and ''bit rate,'' are explained IN THIS CHAPTER (Sound Cards). Audacity refers to ''Bit Rate'' as ''Sample Format.''
- </div><div class="para">
- <div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- After starting Audacity, select ''File > Preferences'' to open the ''Preferences'' menu.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Select ''Quality'' from the left tab-list.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Select the settings that you wish to use.
- <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- CDs hold audio with a sample rate of 44Â 100Â Hz, and a sample format of 16 bits. This is sufficient for most uses.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Setting 96Â 000Â Hz and 24 bits should be enough for almost any use.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- You should not provide settings that are greater than your audio interface can provide. It is probably not dangerous to do so, but it may decrease sound quality. If nothing else, it will use extra space on your hard drive, with no added audio quality.
- </div></li></ul></div>
-
- </div></li></ol></div>
-
- </div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Configure_to_Use_Your_Hardware.html"><strong>Prev</strong>5.3.2. Configuring Audacity to Use Your Hardware</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>Up</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>Home</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Interface.html"><strong>Next</strong>5.4. The Interface</a></li></ul></body></html>
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>5.3.3. Setting the Project's Sample Rate and Format</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="up" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity_Configuration.html" title="5.3. Configuration" /><link rel="prev" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Configure_to_Use_Your_Hardware.html" title="5.3.2. Configuring Audacity for Your Sound Card" /><link rel="next" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Interface.html" title="5.4. The Interface" /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id=
"tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Configure_to_Use_Your_Hardware.html"><strong>Prev</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Interface.html"><strong>Next</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" title="5.3.3. Setting the Project's Sample Rate and Format" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Setting_Sample_Rate_and_Format"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Setting_Sample_Rate_
and_Format">5.3.3. Setting the Project's Sample Rate and Format</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+ You can change the sample rate and sample format (see !!L!!here!!L!! for definitions). You should set the sample rate and sample format when you begin working on a project. You should not change the sample rate or sample format after you record audio. If you will use audio files that already exist, you should use the sample rate and sample format of the existing files.
+ </div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step" title="Step 1"><div class="para">
+ Choose <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Preferences</strong></span> to open the "Preferences" window.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 2"><div class="para">
+ Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Quality</strong></span> in the list on the left of the window.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 3"><div class="para">
+ Change the settings as you need. We recommend a sample rate of 44Â 100Â Hz and a sample format of 16Â bits for most projects.
+ </div></li></ol></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Configure_to_Use_Your_Hardware.html"><strong>Prev</strong>5.3.2. Configuring Audacity for Your Sound Card</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>Up</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>Home</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Interface.html"><strong>Next</strong>5.4. The Interface</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Playback.html b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Playback.html
index b4df5b4..0637fed 100644
--- a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Playback.html
+++ b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Playback.html
@@ -1,17 +1,17 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>5.2.5. Post-Installation Testing: Playback</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="up" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Requirements_and_Installation.html" title="5.2. Requirements and Installation" /><link rel="prev" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation_with_RPM_Fusion.html" title="5.2.4. Installation with MP3 Support" /><link rel="next" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Recording.html" title="5.2.6. Post-Installation Testing: Recording" /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded
"><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation_with_RPM_Fusion.html"><strong>Prev</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Recording.html"><strong>Next</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" title="5.2.5. Post-Installation Testing: Playback" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Playback"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Aud
acity-Testing_Playback">5.2.5. Post-Installation Testing: Playback</h3></div></div></div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step" title="Step 1"><div class="para">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>5.2.5. Post-Installation Test: Playback</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="up" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Requirements_and_Installation.html" title="5.2. Requirements and Installation" /><link rel="prev" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation_with_RPM_Fusion.html" title="5.2.4. Installation with MP3 Support" /><link rel="next" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Recording.html" title="5.2.6. Post-Installation Test: Recording" /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded "><di
v id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation_with_RPM_Fusion.html"><strong>Prev</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Recording.html"><strong>Next</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" title="5.2.5. Post-Installation Test: Playback" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Playback"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tes
ting_Playback">5.2.5. Post-Installation Test: Playback</h3></div></div></div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step" title="Step 1"><div class="para">
Start Audacity.
</div></li><li class="step" title="Step 2"><div class="para">
Set the volume of your audio interface and speakers to a safe level.
</div></li><li class="step" title="Step 3"><div class="para">
- Open the "Open File" window by clicking on 'File > Open'.
+ Choose <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Open</strong></span> to open the Open File window.
</div></li><li class="step" title="Step 4"><div class="para">
- Open the <code class="code">/usr/share/sounds/alsa/Noise.wav</code> file. This file is designed for testing audio equipment.
+ Open the <code class="literal">/usr/share/sounds/alsa/Noise.wav</code> file. This file is designed for testing audio equipment.
</div></li><li class="step" title="Step 5"><div class="para">
Play the file as many times as you need. Adjust the volume of your audio interface and speakers while the file is playing.
</div></li><li class="step" title="Step 6"><div class="para">
If you cannot hear sound when the file is played, check that your audio interface and speakers are correctly connected and powered on.
</div></li><li class="step" title="Step 7"><div class="para">
If you still cannot hear sound when the file is played, see the !!L!!"Configuring Audacity to Use Your Hardware" section!!L!!.
- </div></li></ol></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation_with_RPM_Fusion.html"><strong>Prev</strong>5.2.4. Installation with MP3 Support</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>Up</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>Home</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Recording.html"><strong>Next</strong>5.2.6. Post-Installation Testing: Recording</a></li></ul></body></html>
+ </div></li></ol></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Installation_with_RPM_Fusion.html"><strong>Prev</strong>5.2.4. Installation with MP3 Support</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>Up</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>Home</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Recording.html"><strong>Next</strong>5.2.6. Post-Installation Test: Recording</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Recording.html b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Recording.html
index d192c4c..a52e1b1 100644
--- a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Recording.html
+++ b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Recording.html
@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>5.2.6. Post-Installation Testing: Recording</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="up" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Requirements_and_Installation.html" title="5.2. Requirements and Installation" /><link rel="prev" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Playback.html" title="5.2.5. Post-Installation Testing: Playback" /><link rel="next" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity_Configuration.html" title="5.3. Configuration" /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><i
frame id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Playback.html"><strong>Prev</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity_Configuration.html"><strong>Next</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" title="5.2.6. Post-Installation Testing: Recording" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Recording"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Recording">5.2.6. Post-Installati
on Testing: Recording</h3></div></div></div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step" title="Step 1"><div class="para">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>5.2.6. Post-Installation Test: Recording</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="up" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Requirements_and_Installation.html" title="5.2. Requirements and Installation" /><link rel="prev" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Playback.html" title="5.2.5. Post-Installation Test: Playback" /><link rel="next" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity_Configuration.html" title="5.3. Configuration" /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe
id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Playback.html"><strong>Prev</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity_Configuration.html"><strong>Next</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" title="5.2.6. Post-Installation Test: Recording" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Recording"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Recording">5.2.6. Post-Installation Test:
Recording</h3></div></div></div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step" title="Step 1"><div class="para">
Connect your microphones to your audio interface.
</div></li><li class="step" title="Step 2"><div class="para">
Start Audacity. Do not open a file.
</div></li><li class="step" title="Step 3"><div class="para">
- Locate the volume level meters on the toolbar, to the right of the transport controls. If you do not see the meters, you can show them by clicking 'View > Toolbars > Meter Toolbar', which should have a check mark next to it.
+ Locate the volume level meters on the toolbar, to the right of the transport controls. If you do not see the meters, choose <span class="guimenu"><strong>View</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Toolbars</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Meter Toolbar</strong></span>, which should have a check mark next to it.
</div></li><li class="step" title="Step 4"><div class="para">
- Click the small, down-pointing arrow next to the microphone icon on the level meters. Then click "Start Monitoring".
+ Click on the arrow next to the microphone to open the input meter's pop-up menu. Choose <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Start Monitoring</strong></span>.
</div></li><li class="step" title="Step 5"><div class="para">
Sing, talk, or make noise into the microphone. The volume level meter should show moving red bars.
</div></li><li class="step" title="Step 6"><div class="para">
@@ -17,11 +17,11 @@
</div></li><li class="step" title="Step 8"><div class="para">
If you still do not see moving red bars, see the !!L!!"Configuring Audacity to Use Your Hardware" section!!L!!.
</div></li><li class="step" title="Step 9"><div class="para">
- Press the "Record" button to start a test recording. Sing, talk, or make noise into the microphone.
+ Click the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Record</strong></span> button to start a test recording. Sing, talk, or make noise into the microphone.
</div></li><li class="step" title="Step 10"><div class="para">
- After a few seconds, press the "Stop" button to stop the test recording.
+ After a few seconds, click the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Stop</strong></span> button to stop the test recording.
</div></li><li class="step" title="Step 11"><div class="para">
- Press the "Play" button to hear the recorded audio.
+ Click the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Play</strong></span> button to hear the recorded audio.
</div></li><li class="step" title="Step 12"><div class="para">
- If the recording sounds bad, you might need to reconfigure Audacity. See the !!L!!"Configuring Audacity to Use Your Hardware" section!!L!!.
- </div></li></ol></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Playback.html"><strong>Prev</strong>5.2.5. Post-Installation Testing: Playback</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>Up</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>Home</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity_Configuration.html"><strong>Next</strong>5.3. Configuration</a></li></ul></body></html>
+ If the recording sounds bad, you configure Audacity manually. See the !!L!!"Configuring Audacity to Use Your Hardware" section!!L!!.
+ </div></li></ol></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Playback.html"><strong>Prev</strong>5.2.5. Post-Installation Test: Playback</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>Up</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>Home</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity_Configuration.html"><strong>Next</strong>5.3. Configuration</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Adjust_Volume_Level.html b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Adjust_Volume_Level.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..675b44b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Adjust_Volume_Level.html
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>5.6.5. Adjust the Volume Level</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="up" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial.html" title="5.6. Creating a New Login Sound (Tutorial)" /><link rel="prev" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Stretching_Tracks.html" title="5.6.4. Stretching Tracks" /><link rel="next" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Remove_Noise.html" title="5.6.6. Remove Noise" /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class
="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Stretching_Tracks.html"><strong>Prev</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Remove_Noise.html"><strong>Next</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" title="5.6.5. Adjust the Volume Level" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Adjust_Volume_Level"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Adjust_Volume_Level">5.6.5. Adjust the Vo
lume Level</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+ You can adjust the volume level of tracks by adjusting the fader in the track info box. The fader is a horizontal line with a <code class="literal">-</code> sign on the left and a <code class="literal">+</code> sign on the right. The fader does not change the audio signal itself.
+ </div><div class="para">
+ You can also adjust the volume level of a portion of audio, which does modify the audio signal itself. Follow these instructions to adjust the volume level of a portion of audio.
+ </div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step" title="Step 1"><div class="para">
+ The tutorial's lowest track is very quiet. Click the track's <span class="guibutton"><strong>solo</strong></span> button, then listen to the track alone. Most of the track is quiet humming.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 2"><div class="para">
+ Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Selection Tool</strong></span>, then hold down the mouse button to select some audio in one track.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 3"><div class="para">
+ Choose <span class="guimenu"><strong>Effect</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Amplify</strong></span>. When the "Amplify" window opens, it is set for the greatest volume level increase that will not decrease sound quality. You can enable "clipping," which allows you to increase the volume level even more, but will decrease the sound quality.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 4"><div class="para">
+ Use the Amplify tool to adjust the volume level as you wish.
+ </div></li></ol></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Stretching_Tracks.html"><strong>Prev</strong>5.6.4. Stretching Tracks</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>Up</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>Home</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Remove_Noise.html"><strong>Next</strong>5.6.6. Remove Noise</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Aligning_Tracks.html b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Aligning_Tracks.html
index a20a463..53aeb71 100644
--- a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Aligning_Tracks.html
+++ b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Aligning_Tracks.html
@@ -1,25 +1,21 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>5.5.6. Aligning Tracks</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="up" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial.html" title="5.5. Creating a New Login Sound (Tutorial)" /><link rel="prev" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Continuing_to_Record.html" title="5.5.5. Continuing to Record" /><link rel="next" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Stretching_Tracks.html" title="5.5.7. Stretching Tracks" /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocfram
e" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Continuing_to_Record.html"><strong>Prev</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Stretching_Tracks.html"><strong>Next</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" title="5.5.6. Aligning Tracks" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Aligning_Tracks"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Aligning_Tracks">5.5.6. Aligning Trac
ks</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
- At this point in the tutorial, you can begin to follow along by modifying the Audacity working-file.
- </div><div class="para">
- If you accidentally record something at the wrong time, or if you change your mind about when a track should be playing, you can easily move it.
- <div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Select the ''time shift tool'' from the toolbar.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Click on the track you want to move, then slide it left or right to adjust it as desired.
- <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- To align the start of one segment to the end of another, drag the later track so that its start is near the end of the earlier one; move it slowly around that area until a yellow line appears, showing that the segments are aligned.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- To align a segment so that it begins at an arbitrary point, use the ''selection tool'' to move the transport to that point. Then, from the menu select ''Tracks > Align Tracks > Align with Cursor.''
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- There are other alignment options in the ''Tracks > Align Tracks'' menu, and they apply only to the currently-selected tracks. To select multiple tracks, click on the portion of the track at the left, which has information about it. Then, hold down '''[Shift]''' on your keyboard, and select the others.
- </div></li></ul></div>
-
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Select the selection tool from the toolbar.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Click to place the transport just before the splice, then press ''Play'' to hear it. Adjust again if necessary.
- </div></li></ol></div>
-
- </div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Continuing_to_Record.html"><strong>Prev</strong>5.5.5. Continuing to Record</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>Up</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>Home</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Stretching_Tracks.html"><strong>Next</strong>5.5.7. Stretching Tracks</a></li></ul></body></html>
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>5.6.3. Align Tracks</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="up" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial.html" title="5.6. Creating a New Login Sound (Tutorial)" /><link rel="prev" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Scenario.html" title="5.6.2. Scenario" /><link rel="next" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Stretching_Tracks.html" title="5.6.4. Stretching Tracks" /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../.
./../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Scenario.html"><strong>Prev</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Stretching_Tracks.html"><strong>Next</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" title="5.6.3. Align Tracks" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Aligning_Tracks"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Aligning_Tracks">5.6.3. Align Tracks</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+ You adjust the starting time of the segments.
+ </div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step" title="Step 1"><div class="para">
+ Click the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Time Shift</strong></span> button in the tool-selection toolbar.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 2"><div class="para">
+ Select the track with the segment you want to move. Drag the segment to the left or right to change the time when it starts to play.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 3"><div class="para">
+ You can align the start of one segment with end of another segment. Drag the segment so that the beginning is near the end of the other segment. Drag the track back and forth slowly so a yellow line appears. The yellow line means that there is no silence between the segments, and that the segments do not overlap.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 4"><div class="para">
+ You can move a segment to start at the selection cursor. Click the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Selection Tool</strong></span> button, then click on the track where you want the segment to start to play. Choose <span class="guimenu"><strong>Tracks</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Align Tracks</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Align with Cursor</strong></span> to move the track.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 5"><div class="para">
+ You can move tracks in other ways by using the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Tools</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Align Tracks</strong></span> menu choices.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 6"><div class="para">
+ You can select multiple tracks at the same time. Press <span class="keycap"><strong>Shift</strong></span> while you click on each track.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 7"><div class="para">
+ You should listen to each adjustment to confirm that it is correct. Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Selection Tool</strong></span> in the tool-selection toolbar, then click on a track where you want to begin to listen. Press <span class="guibutton"><strong>Play</strong></span> to hear the audio.
+ </div></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+ We aligned the tracks so that they sound nice to us. We tried to make the sound short, and interesting but not confusing. We changed the positions of the tracks many times after this step.
+ </div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Scenario.html"><strong>Prev</strong>5.6.2. Scenario</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>Up</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>Home</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Stretching_Tracks.html"><strong>Next</strong>5.6.4. Stretching Tracks</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Conclusion.html b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Conclusion.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..84b5a48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Conclusion.html
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>5.6.11. Conclusion</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="up" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial.html" title="5.6. Creating a New Login Sound (Tutorial)" /><link rel="prev" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Using_the_Phaser.html" title="5.6.10. Add a Special Effect (the Phaser)" /><link rel="next" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Save_and_Export.html" title="5.7. Save and Export" /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class=
"toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Using_the_Phaser.html"><strong>Prev</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Save_and_Export.html"><strong>Next</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" title="5.6.11. Conclusion" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Conclusion"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Conclusion">5.6.11. Conclusion</h3></div></div></div><div class="para"
>
+ Your startup file sounds different than the one that we completed. The tutorial instructions are intentionally vague. You used your own creativity to complete the tutorial. You also learned how to use these tools for many different purposes.
+ </div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Using_the_Phaser.html"><strong>Prev</strong>5.6.10. Add a Special Effect (the Phaser)</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>Up</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>Home</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Save_and_Export.html"><strong>Next</strong>5.7. Save and Export</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Fade_Out.html b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Fade_Out.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..90df2fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Fade_Out.html
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>5.6.7. Fade In or Out</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="up" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial.html" title="5.6. Creating a New Login Sound (Tutorial)" /><link rel="prev" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Remove_Noise.html" title="5.6.6. Remove Noise" /><link rel="next" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Removing_Audio.html" title="5.6.8. Remove Some Audio" /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="
../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Remove_Noise.html"><strong>Prev</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Removing_Audio.html"><strong>Next</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" title="5.6.7. Fade In or Out" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Fade_Out"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Fade_Out">5.6.7. Fade In or Out</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+ Audacity has tools to fade in and out. When you "fade in," it means to gradually increase the volume level from silence to the original level. When you "fade out," it means to gradually decreased the volume level from the original level to silence. Professional recordings of concerts often fade out after a song, while the audience applauds. Fading out avoids an abrupt stop at the end of the recording, because the volume level is decreased gradually to silence.
+ </div><div class="para">
+ You generally fade in at the beginning of an audio segment, and fade out at the end of an audio segment. You can use Audacity to create special effects if you fade in or fade out in the middle of an audio segment. You can make a surprising effect by setting Audacity to fade in or out over a few second, then adding the opposite fade inside the first fade.
+ </div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step" title="Step 1"><div class="para">
+ Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Selection Tool</strong></span>, then select a portion of audio to fade in or out.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 2"><div class="para">
+ Choose <span class="guimenu"><strong>Effect</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Fade In</strong></span> or <span class="guimenu"><strong>Effect</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Fade Out</strong></span>.
+ </div></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+ We created a long fade out in one of our tracks, so that the track is quieter. We then adjusted the spacing of the other tracks, moving them closer.
+ </div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Remove_Noise.html"><strong>Prev</strong>5.6.6. Remove Noise</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>Up</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>Home</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Removing_Audio.html"><strong>Next</strong>5.6.8. Remove Some Audio</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Remove_Noise.html b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Remove_Noise.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0086269
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Remove_Noise.html
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>5.6.6. Remove Noise</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="up" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial.html" title="5.6. Creating a New Login Sound (Tutorial)" /><link rel="prev" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Adjust_Volume_Level.html" title="5.6.5. Adjust the Volume Level" /><link rel="next" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Fade_Out.html" title="5.6.7. Fade In or Out" /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc
" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Adjust_Volume_Level.html"><strong>Prev</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Fade_Out.html"><strong>Next</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" title="5.6.6. Remove Noise" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Remove_Noise"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Remove_Noise">5.6.6. Remove Noise</h3></div></div></div><div class
="para">
+ "Noise" is part of an audio signal that is not the intended signal. When you listen to music on the radio, you can hear the music, and usually also some noise. When computers record or play audio, the electronic components sometimes create extra noise. The lowest track of the tutorial file has noise created by electronic components in the old notebook computer used to play the CD. Follow these steps to use the "Noise Removal" tool.
+ </div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step" title="Step 1"><div class="para">
+ Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Selection Tool</strong></span>, then select a small portion of the lowest track.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 2"><div class="para">
+ Choose <span class="guimenu"><strong>Effect</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Noise Removal</strong></span>. The "Noise Removal" window appears. Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Get Profile</strong></span>. The Noise Removal tool uses the selected audio as an example of the noise to remove.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 3"><div class="para">
+ Select the whole track.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 4"><div class="para">
+ Open the "Noise Removal" window. Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>OK</strong></span>. The Noise Removal tool processes the audio. The Noise Removal tool is not effective in this example because most of the signal is noise.
+ </div></li></ol></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Adjust_Volume_Level.html"><strong>Prev</strong>5.6.5. Adjust the Volume Level</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>Up</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>Home</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Fade_Out.html"><strong>Next</strong>5.6.7. Fade In or Out</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Removing_Audio.html b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Removing_Audio.html
index 8bfab52..4a469c2 100644
--- a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Removing_Audio.html
+++ b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Removing_Audio.html
@@ -1,14 +1,15 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>5.5.9. Removing a Portion of Audio</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="up" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial.html" title="5.5. Creating a New Login Sound (Tutorial)" /><link rel="prev" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Adjusting_Volume_and_Removing_Noise.html" title="5.5.8. Adjusting a Track's Volume, and Removing Noise" /><link rel="next" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Repeating_a_Segment.html" title="5.5.10. Repeating an Already-Recorded Segment" /></head><body
class="draft toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Adjusting_Volume_and_Removing_Noise.html"><strong>Prev</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Repeating_a_Segment.html"><strong>Next</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" title="5.5.9. Removing a Portion of Audio" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Removing_Audio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="alw
ays"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Removing_Audio">5.5.9. Removing a Portion of Audio</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
- <div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- The fourth track, after the noise-bump that we just amplified, is just noise. We don't need it, and it sounds strange, so let's take it out.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Place the transport at the start of the segment that you wish to remove, by left-clicking in the existing audio track.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Select ''Edit > Select > Cursor to Track End,'' which will select the portion of audio in the currently-selected track between the transport and the end of the track. There are many other options for selecting audio available in that menu.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- On your keyboard, press '''[Delete]'''.
- </div></li></ol></div>
-
- </div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Adjusting_Volume_and_Removing_Noise.html"><strong>Prev</strong>5.5.8. Adjusting a Track's Volume, and Removing N...</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>Up</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>Home</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Repeating_a_Segment.html"><strong>Next</strong>5.5.10. Repeating an Already-Recorded Segment</a></li></ul></body></html>
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>5.6.8. Remove Some Audio</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="up" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial.html" title="5.6. Creating a New Login Sound (Tutorial)" /><link rel="prev" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Fade_Out.html" title="5.6.7. Fade In or Out" /><link rel="next" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Repeating_a_Segment.html" title="5.6.9. Repeat an Already-Recorded Segment" /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocf
rame" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Fade_Out.html"><strong>Prev</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Repeating_a_Segment.html"><strong>Next</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" title="5.6.8. Remove Some Audio" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Removing_Audio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Removing_Audio">5.6.8. Remove Some Audio</h
3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+ You can remove portions of a track. This procedure removes audio at the end of a track. You can use a similar method to remove audio in other ways.
+ </div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step" title="Step 1"><div class="para">
+ Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Selection Tool</strong></span>, then place the editing cursor at the point where you want the track to end.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 2"><div class="para">
+ Choose <span class="guimenu"><strong>Edit</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Select</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Cursor to Track End</strong></span>. There are many other choices in the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Edit</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Select</strong></span> menu.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 3"><div class="para">
+ Press <span class="keycap"><strong>Delete</strong></span>. The selected audio is deleted.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 4"><div class="para">
+ If you make a mistake, you can undo the previous action. Choose <span class="guimenu"><strong>Edit</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Undo</strong></span>.
+ </div></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+ We removed the end of the lowest track.
+ </div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Fade_Out.html"><strong>Prev</strong>5.6.7. Fade In or Out</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>Up</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>Home</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Repeating_a_Segment.html"><strong>Next</strong>5.6.9. Repeat an Already-Recorded Segment</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Repeating_a_Segment.html b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Repeating_a_Segment.html
index 0dc6dd0..bdb3796 100644
--- a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Repeating_a_Segment.html
+++ b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Repeating_a_Segment.html
@@ -1,15 +1,17 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>5.5.10. Repeating an Already-Recorded Segment</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="up" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial.html" title="5.5. Creating a New Login Sound (Tutorial)" /><link rel="prev" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Removing_Audio.html" title="5.5.9. Removing a Portion of Audio" /><link rel="next" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Using_the_Phaser.html" title="5.5.11. Add a Silly Effect: Using the Phaser" /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded "><div
id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Removing_Audio.html"><strong>Prev</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Using_the_Phaser.html"><strong>Next</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" title="5.5.10. Repeating an Already-Recorded Segment" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Repeating_a_Segment"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians
_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Repeating_a_Segment">5.5.10. Repeating an Already-Recorded Segment</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
- While you like the beginning of the sound, the end doesn't seem ''busy'' enough. You decide to repeat a portion of the second track, to make it seem as though it "just won't leave."
- <div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Use the cursor to select the last second of the second track from the top, then select ''Edit > Copy.''
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Place the transport arbitrarily, later in the track, and select ''Edit > Paste'' from the menu. Repeat this, so there are two copies.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Select the ''Time Shift tool'' from the toolbar, and adjust the time of the two copied segments as desired.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- You might also wish to adjust the volume of a segment, depending on whether it sounds too loud for you.
- </div></li></ol></div>
-
- </div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Removing_Audio.html"><strong>Prev</strong>5.5.9. Removing a Portion of Audio</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>Up</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>Home</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Using_the_Phaser.html"><strong>Next</strong>5.5.11. Add a Silly Effect: Using the Phaser</a></li></ul></body></html>
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>5.6.9. Repeat an Already-Recorded Segment</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="up" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial.html" title="5.6. Creating a New Login Sound (Tutorial)" /><link rel="prev" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Removing_Audio.html" title="5.6.8. Remove Some Audio" /><link rel="next" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Using_the_Phaser.html" title="5.6.10. Add a Special Effect (the Phaser)" /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class
="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Removing_Audio.html"><strong>Prev</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Using_the_Phaser.html"><strong>Next</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" title="5.6.9. Repeat an Already-Recorded Segment" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Repeating_a_Segment"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutor
ial-Repeating_a_Segment">5.6.9. Repeat an Already-Recorded Segment</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+ You can repeat a segment of audio that is already recorded.
+ </div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step" title="Step 1"><div class="para">
+ Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Selection Tool</strong></span>, then select a portion of audio.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 2"><div class="para">
+ Choose <span class="guimenu"><strong>Edit</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Copy</strong></span> or press <span class="keycap"><strong>Control</strong></span>+<span class="keycap"><strong>c</strong></span>.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 3"><div class="para">
+ Click in a track near where you want the copy to start playing.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 4"><div class="para">
+ Choose <span class="guimenu"><strong>Edit</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Paste</strong></span> or press <span class="keycap"><strong>Control</strong></span>+<span class="keycap"><strong>v</strong></span>.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 5"><div class="para">
+ Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Time Shift Tool</strong></span>, then adjust the timeline position of the new audio clip.
+ </div></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+ We repeated the end of a segment twice, to make the end of the startup sound more interesting.
+ </div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Removing_Audio.html"><strong>Prev</strong>5.6.8. Remove Some Audio</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>Up</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>Home</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Using_the_Phaser.html"><strong>Next</strong>5.6.10. Add a Special Effect (the Phaser)</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Scenario.html b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Scenario.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a78cd7c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Scenario.html
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>5.6.2. Scenario</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="up" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial.html" title="5.6. Creating a New Login Sound (Tutorial)" /><link rel="prev" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial.html" title="5.6. Creating a New Login Sound (Tutorial)" /><link rel="next" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Aligning_Tracks.html" title="5.6.3. Align Tracks" /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="
../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial.html"><strong>Prev</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Aligning_Tracks.html"><strong>Next</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" title="5.6.2. Scenario" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Scenario"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Scenario">5.6.2. Scenario</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+ You tell a friend about some open-source audio applications in Fedora Linux. Your friend wants you to help them make a new sound that will play when they log in to their computer. You search your music CD collection, and find a favourite recording. You and your friend decide to use a few clips from the CD to start your new log-in sound.
+ </div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial.html"><strong>Prev</strong>5.6. Creating a New Login Sound (Tutorial)</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>Up</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>Home</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Aligning_Tracks.html"><strong>Next</strong>5.6.3. Align Tracks</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Stretching_Tracks.html b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Stretching_Tracks.html
index 7e7a6f9..033ac22 100644
--- a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Stretching_Tracks.html
+++ b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Stretching_Tracks.html
@@ -1,31 +1,21 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>5.5.7. Stretching Tracks</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="up" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial.html" title="5.5. Creating a New Login Sound (Tutorial)" /><link rel="prev" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Aligning_Tracks.html" title="5.5.6. Aligning Tracks" /><link rel="next" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Adjusting_Volume_and_Removing_Noise.html" title="5.5.8. Adjusting a Track's Volume, and Removing Noise" /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded "><div id="
tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Aligning_Tracks.html"><strong>Prev</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Adjusting_Volume_and_Removing_Noise.html"><strong>Next</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" title="5.5.7. Stretching Tracks" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Stretching_Tracks"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-
Audacity-Tutorial-Stretching_Tracks">5.5.7. Stretching Tracks</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
- You can stretch or compress tracks, so that they take up more or less time. There are two tools which do this:
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>5.6.4. Stretching Tracks</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="up" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial.html" title="5.6. Creating a New Login Sound (Tutorial)" /><link rel="prev" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Aligning_Tracks.html" title="5.6.3. Align Tracks" /><link rel="next" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Adjust_Volume_Level.html" title="5.6.5. Adjust the Volume Level" /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe"
class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Aligning_Tracks.html"><strong>Prev</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Adjust_Volume_Level.html"><strong>Next</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" title="5.6.4. Stretching Tracks" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Stretching_Tracks"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Stretching_Tracks">5.6.4. Stretching Tr
acks</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+ You can stretch or compress tracks, so that they take up more or less time.
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- The ''Change Tempo'' tool, which adjusts speed but not pitch. This degrades sound quality quite a bit.
+ The "Change Tempo" tool adjusts speed but not pitch. Sound quality is lowered significantly.
</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- The ''Change Speed'' tool, which adjusts both speed and pitch. This does not degrade sound quality as much.
+ The "Change Speed" tool adjusts speed and pitch. Sound quality is less affected.
</div></li></ul></div>
- </div><div class="para">
- To stretch or compress a track,
- <div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Select that track by clicking on the portion at the left, which has information about that track.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Select ''Effect > Change Tempo'' or ''Effect > Change Speed''.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Use the window to adjust the degree of stretching/compression:
- <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Positive values increase speed and compress the audio.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Negative values decrease speed and stretch the audio.
- </div></li></ul></div>
-
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- You can use the ''Preview'' button to get an idea of the speed change that will happen with your selected settings.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- After clicking ''OK'', it may take a few seconds for Audacity to process and apply the changes you requested.
- </div></li></ol></div>
-
- </div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Aligning_Tracks.html"><strong>Prev</strong>5.5.6. Aligning Tracks</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>Up</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>Home</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Adjusting_Volume_and_Removing_Noise.html"><strong>Next</strong>5.5.8. Adjusting a Track's Volume, and Removing N...</a></li></ul></body></html>
+ </div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step" title="Step 1"><div class="para">
+ Click on the track info portion of the track that you want to adjust.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 2"><div class="para">
+ Choose <span class="guimenu"><strong>Effect</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Change Tempo</strong></span> or <span class="guimenu"><strong>Effect</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Change Speed</strong></span>. If you input a positive number, the speed increases and the audio takes less time. If you input a negative number, the speed decreases and the audio takes more time.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 3"><div class="para">
+ Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Preview</strong></span> to hear some of the audio with the adjusted speed. Audacity does not change the audio when you preview the change.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 4"><div class="para">
+ Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>OK</strong></span> to apply the change. Audacity processes the audio. Your change does not appear immediately.
+ </div></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+ We changed the speed of one of our tracks. We are not concerned about the sound quality, because this is a start-up sound for us. When you edit audio to which other people will listen, you should be careful to preserve the sound quality.
+ </div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Aligning_Tracks.html"><strong>Prev</strong>5.6.3. Align Tracks</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>Up</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>Home</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Adjust_Volume_Level.html"><strong>Next</strong>5.6.5. Adjust the Volume Level</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Using_the_Phaser.html b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Using_the_Phaser.html
index 1e1c965..055e990 100644
--- a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Using_the_Phaser.html
+++ b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Using_the_Phaser.html
@@ -1,13 +1,25 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>5.5.11. Add a Silly Effect: Using the Phaser</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="up" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial.html" title="5.5. Creating a New Login Sound (Tutorial)" /><link rel="prev" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Repeating_a_Segment.html" title="5.5.10. Repeating an Already-Recorded Segment" /><link rel="next" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Further_Comments.html" title="5.5.12. Further Comments" /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded "><div id="t
ocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Repeating_a_Segment.html"><strong>Prev</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Further_Comments.html"><strong>Next</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" title="5.5.11. Add a Silly Effect: Using the Phaser" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Using_the_Phaser"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Gui
de-Audacity-Tutorial-Using_the_Phaser">5.5.11. Add a Silly Effect: Using the Phaser</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
- The third track ends after the other tracks. Audacity has a wide variety of effects plugins, and you decide to experiment with one called "Phaser." The phaser adjusts reverberation, panning, and frequency to create a spinning-like sound.
- <div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Select the portion of the third track which begins after the last occurrence of the second track, and goes to the end. There are a few different ways to do this.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Select ''Effect > Phaser'' and experiment with the settings. Use the ''Preview'' button to sample the outcome of your currently selected settings.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- You can use whatever settings seem appropriate. The tutorial file uses these settings: [pre]Stages: 2 Dry/Wet: 128 LFO Frequency: 0.4 LFO Start Phase: 0 Depth: 128 Feedback: 90[/pre]
- </div></li></ol></div>
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>5.6.10. Add a Special Effect (the Phaser)</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="up" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial.html" title="5.6. Creating a New Login Sound (Tutorial)" /><link rel="prev" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Repeating_a_Segment.html" title="5.6.9. Repeat an Already-Recorded Segment" /><link rel="next" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Conclusion.html" title="5.6.11. Conclusion" /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc">
<iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Repeating_a_Segment.html"><strong>Prev</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Conclusion.html"><strong>Next</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" title="5.6.10. Add a Special Effect (the Phaser)" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Using_the_Phaser"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Using_t
he_Phaser">5.6.10. Add a Special Effect (the Phaser)</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+ Audacity has many effect plugins, and you can add more. The Phaser adjusts reverberation, panning, and frequency to create a spinning-like sound.
+ </div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step" title="Step 1"><div class="para">
+ Select a portion of any track when only one track is playing.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 2"><div class="para">
+ Choose <span class="guimenu"><strong>Effect</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Phaser</strong></span>, then experiment with the settings. Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Preview</strong></span> to hear the effect of your settings. Audacity does not modify the audio file when you preview your settings.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 3"><div class="para">
+ The tutorial uses the phaser at the end, with these settings:
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+ Stages: 2
+ </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+ Dry/Wet: 128
+ </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+ LFO Frequency: 0.4
+ </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+ LFO Start Phase: 0
+ </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+ Depth: 128
+ </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+ Feedback: 90
+ </div></li></ul></div>
- </div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Repeating_a_Segment.html"><strong>Prev</strong>5.5.10. Repeating an Already-Recorded Segment</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>Up</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>Home</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Further_Comments.html"><strong>Next</strong>5.5.12. Further Comments</a></li></ul></body></html>
+ </div></li></ol></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Repeating_a_Segment.html"><strong>Prev</strong>5.6.9. Repeat an Already-Recorded Segment</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>Up</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>Home</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Conclusion.html"><strong>Next</strong>5.6.11. Conclusion</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial.html b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial.html
index a7be36d..581ec09 100644
--- a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial.html
+++ b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial.html
@@ -1,15 +1,13 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>5.5. Creating a New Login Sound (Tutorial)</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="up" href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Audacity.html" title="Chapter 5. Audacity" /><link rel="prev" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Interface.html" title="5.4. The Interface" /><link rel="next" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Scenrario.html" title="5.5.2. Scenario" /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an ifra
me, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Interface.html"><strong>Prev</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Scenrario.html"><strong>Next</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" title="5.5. Creating a New Login Sound (Tutorial)" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial">5.5. Creating a New Login Sound (Tutorial)</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
- To follow this portion of the tutorial, it is strongly recommended that you download the Audacity working-file, and begin doing the actions described, as instructed in the tutorial.
- </div><div class="section" title="5.5.1. Files for the Tutorial" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Files"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Files">5.5.1. Files for the Tutorial</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
- The following files will be useful, if you choose to follow along with the tutorial. Only the ''Starting State'' file is necessary; the other two are provided as possible completed forms.
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>5.6. Creating a New Login Sound (Tutorial)</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="up" href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Audacity.html" title="Chapter 5. Audacity" /><link rel="prev" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Recording-Continuing_to_Record.html" title="5.5.2. Continue to Record" /><link rel="next" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Scenario.html" title="5.6.2. Scenario" /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../.
./toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Recording-Continuing_to_Record.html"><strong>Prev</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Scenario.html"><strong>Next</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" title="5.6. Creating a New Login Sound (Tutorial)" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial">5.6. Creating a New Login Sound (Tutorial)</h2></div></div></div><div
class="section" title="5.6.1. Files for the Tutorial" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Files"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Files">5.6.1. Files for the Tutorial</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+ Use the <code class="literal">Tutorial Start</code> file if you want to do the tutorial. The <code class="literal">Tutorial Finish</code> file and <code class="literal">Exported FLAC</code> file are completed examples. When you finish the tutorial, your project will probably not be the same as ours.
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- [[File:FMG-audacity_start.tar.lzma|Tutorial Starting State]]
+ [[File:FMG-audacity_start.tar.lzma|Tutorial Start]]
</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- [[File:FMG-audacity_end.tar.lzma|Tutorial Finishing State]]
+ [[File:FMG-audacity_end.tar.lzma|Tutorial Finish]]
</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
[[File:FMG-audacity_final.flac|Exported FLAC]]
</div></li></ul></div>
- </div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Interface.html"><strong>Prev</strong>5.4. The Interface</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>Up</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>Home</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Scenrario.html"><strong>Next</strong>5.5.2. Scenario</a></li></ul></body></html>
+ </div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Recording-Continuing_to_Record.html"><strong>Prev</strong>5.5.2. Continue to Record</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>Up</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>Home</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Tutorial-Scenario.html"><strong>Next</strong>5.6.2. Scenario</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity_Configuration.html b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity_Configuration.html
index d30efc7..45f81c2 100644
--- a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity_Configuration.html
+++ b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity_Configuration.html
@@ -1,7 +1,5 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>5.3. Configuration</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="up" href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Audacity.html" title="Chapter 5. Audacity" /><link rel="prev" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Recording.html" title="5.2.6. Post-Installation Testing: Recording" /><link rel="next" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Configure_to_Use_Your_Hardware.html" title="5.3.2. Configuring Audacity to Use Your Hardware" /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe"
class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Recording.html"><strong>Prev</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Configure_to_Use_Your_Hardware.html"><strong>Next</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" title="5.3. Configuration" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity_Configuration"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity_Configuration">5.3. Configuration</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect
ion" title="5.3.1. The First Time You Use Audacity" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-First_Use"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-First_Use">5.3.1. The First Time You Use Audacity</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
- When you run Audacity for the first time, you will be asked to select a language to use for the interface. Also, if you have installed the Planet CCRMA repositories, and have not already followed the JACK Guide's installation procedures, then you are strongly encouraged to do so before using Audacity.
- </div><div class="para">
- Before recording for the first time, you are encouraged to test Audacity to ensure that it is set up correctly. SEE ABOVE.
- </div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Recording.html"><strong>Prev</strong>5.2.6. Post-Installation Testing: Recording</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>Up</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>Home</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Configure_to_Use_Your_Hardware.html"><strong>Next</strong>5.3.2. Configuring Audacity to Use Your Hardware</a></li></ul></body></html>
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>5.3. Configuration</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.1" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora_Draft_Documentation-Musicians_Guide-0.1-en-US-14.0.1-0" /><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Musicians' Guide" /><link rel="up" href="chap-Musicians_Guide-Audacity.html" title="Chapter 5. Audacity" /><link rel="prev" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Recording.html" title="5.2.6. Post-Installation Test: Recording" /><link rel="next" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Configure_to_Use_Your_Hardware.html" title="5.3.2. Configuring Audacity for Your Sound Card" /></head><body class="draft toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" clas
s="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Recording.html"><strong>Prev</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Configure_to_Use_Your_Hardware.html"><strong>Next</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" title="5.3. Configuration" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity_Configuration"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity_Configuration">5.3. Configuration</h2></div></div></div><div class="section"
title="5.3.1. When You Run Audacity for the First Time" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-First_Use"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-First_Use">5.3.1. When You Run Audacity for the First Time</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+ When you run Audacity for the first time, you will be asked to select a language to use for the interface. Before you use Audacity, we encourage you to follow the post-installation test instructions above, in the !!L!!whatever section!!L!! above.
+ </div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Testing_Recording.html"><strong>Prev</strong>5.2.6. Post-Installation Test: Recording</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>Up</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>Home</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Audacity-Configure_to_Use_Your_Hardware.html"><strong>Next</strong>5.3.2. Configuring Audacity for Your Sound Card</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Using_JACK.html b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Using_JACK.html
index 8e61719..90045f1 100644
--- a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Using_JACK.html
+++ b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/Musicians_Guide/sect-Musicians_Guide-Using_JACK.html
@@ -37,19 +37,21 @@
</div></li></ol></div>
</div><div class="para">
- With the default configuration of QjackCtl, it chooses the "default" sound card, which actually goes through the ALSA sound server. We can avoid this, and use the ALSA drivers without the sound server, which will help JACK to maintain accurately low latencies. The following procedure configures JACK to connect to the ALSA driver directly.
- <div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- In a terminal, run the following command: [pre]cat /proc/asound/cards[/pre]
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- The command will output a list of sound cards in your system, similar to this: [pre] 0 [SB ]: HDA-Intel - HDA ATI SB HDA ATI SB at 0xf7ff4000 irq 16 1 [MobilePre ]: USB-Audio - MobilePre M Audio MobilePre at usb-0000:00:13.0-2 [/pre] The left-most number is the sound card's number. The portion in square brackets is the name (these cards are called "SB" and "MobilePre").
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Identify your desired sound card in the list. If it's not in the list, then it's not currently detected and configured by your system.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- Open the "QjackCtl" application, and press the 'Setup' button.
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- In the "Interface" field, input the name of your preferred sound card with "hw:" in front. For example, with the sound card information posted above, you might write <code class="code">hw:MobilePre</code>
- </div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
- To save your settings, close "QjackCtl".
- </div></li></ol></div>
-
- </div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Servers-Phonon.html"><strong>Prev</strong>2.2.3. Phonon</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>Up</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>Home</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Using_QjackCtl.html"><strong>Next</strong>2.3.2. Using QjackCtl</a></li></ul></body></html>
+ With the default configuration of QjackCtl, it chooses the "default" sound card, which actually goes through the ALSA sound server. We can avoid this, and use the ALSA drivers without the sound server, which will help JACK to maintain accurately low latencies. The following procedure configures JACK to connect to the ALSA driver directly.
+ </div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step" title="Step 1"><div class="para">
+ Open a terminal. In GNOME, click on 'Applications > System > Terminal'. In KDE, click on the application launcher, then 'System > Konsole'.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 2"><div class="para">
+ Execute this command: "cat /proc/asound/cards".
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 3"><div class="para">
+ The <code class="code">cat</code> program outputs a list of sound cards in your computer, which looks similar to this list: [pre] 0 [SB ]: HDA-Intel - HDA ATI SB HDA ATI SB at 0xf7ff4000 irq 16 1 [MobilePre ]: USB-Audio - MobilePre M Audio MobilePre at usb-0000:00:13.0-2 [/pre] In this example output, the square brackets surround the name of the sound card. The names of the sound cards in this example output are <code class="code">SB</code> and <code class="code">MobilePre</code>.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 4"><div class="para">
+ Identify the name of the sound card that you want to use. If you do not see your sound card in the list outputted by <code class="code">cat</code>, then your Fedora does not detect it.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 5"><div class="para">
+ Start QjackCtl.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 6"><div class="para">
+ Open the "Setup" window by clicking 'Setup'.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 7"><div class="para">
+ In the 'Interface' text box, type the name of your preferred sound card with "hw:" in front. With the sound cards listed above, you might write <code class="code">hw:MobilePre</code>.
+ </div></li><li class="step" title="Step 8"><div class="para">
+ Save your settings by exiting QjackCtl. If you want to use JACK, restart QjackCtl.
+ </div></li></ol></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Sound_Servers-Phonon.html"><strong>Prev</strong>2.2.3. Phonon</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>Up</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>Home</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Musicians_Guide-Using_QjackCtl.html"><strong>Next</strong>2.3.2. Using QjackCtl</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/pdf/Musicians_Guide/Fedora_Draft_Documentation-0.1-Musicians_Guide-en-US.pdf b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/pdf/Musicians_Guide/Fedora_Draft_Documentation-0.1-Musicians_Guide-en-US.pdf
index 0842290..a320ccb 100644
Binary files a/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/pdf/Musicians_Guide/Fedora_Draft_Documentation-0.1-Musicians_Guide-en-US.pdf and b/public_html/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/pdf/Musicians_Guide/Fedora_Draft_Documentation-0.1-Musicians_Guide-en-US.pdf differ
More information about the docs-commits
mailing list